sv1za
As filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on July 1,
2011
Registration
No. 333-173445
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Amendment No. 2
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
CHEFS WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS,
LLC
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
(State or Other
Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
5141
(Primary Standard
Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
20-3031526
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
100 East Ridge Road
Ridgefield, Connecticut
06877
(203) 894-1345
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number,
including area code, of
registrants principal executive offices)
Christopher Pappas
President and Chief Executive
Officer
100 East Ridge Road
Ridgefield, Connecticut
06877
(203) 894-1345
(Name, address, including zip
code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent
for service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
F. Mitchell Walker, Jr. Esq.
D. Scott Holley, Esq.
Bass, Berry & Sims PLC
150 Third Avenue South, Suite 2800
Nashville, Tennessee 37201
(615) 742-6200
|
|
Marc D. Jaffe, Esq.
Ian D. Schuman, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
(212) 906-1200
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after the
effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following
box. o
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same
offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer o
|
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated
filer þ
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
|
|
Smaller reporting
company o
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities
and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said
Section 8(a), may determine.
EXPLANATORY
NOTE
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC, a limited liability company
organized under the laws of Delaware, is the registrant filing
this registration statement with the Securities and Exchange
Commission. Prior to the effectiveness of this registration
statement, Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC will be converted
into a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant
to
Section 18-216
of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and
Section 265 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The
securities issued to investors in connection with this offering
will be common stock in that corporation, which will be named
The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.
The Chefs Warehouse, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company and an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Chefs
Warehouse Holdings, LLC, is not the registrant under this
registration statement. Prior to the consummation of this
offering, we expect that its name will be changed to The
Chefs Warehouse Mid-Atlantic, LLC.
The
information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and
may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the
registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission is declared effective. This preliminary prospectus is
not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting
an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or
sale is not permitted.
|
SUBJECT
TO COMPLETION DATED JULY 1, 2011
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
Shares
The Chefs Warehouse,
Inc.
Common Stock
We are
offering shares
of our common stock and the selling stockholders identified in
this prospectus are
offering shares
of our common stock. Because the selling stockholders are our
affiliates, a portion of the proceeds of the offering will
benefit such affiliates. We will not receive any proceeds from
the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. This is our
initial public offering, and, prior to this offering, there has
been no public market for our common stock. We expect the
initial public offering price to be between
$ and
$ per share. We have applied to
list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the
symbol CHEF.
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.
Please read Risk Factors beginning on page 12
of this prospectus.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other
regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities
or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PER SHARE
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Public Offering Price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds to The Chefs Warehouse, Inc. Before Expenses
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds to Selling Stockholders Before Expenses
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on
or
about ,
2011. The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an
option for a period of 30 days to purchase an
additional shares
of our common stock to cover over-allotments. If the
underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting
discounts and commissions payable by the selling stockholders
will be $ and the total proceeds
to the selling stockholders, before expenses, will be
$ .
|
|
|
|
|
Jefferies
|
|
BMO Capital Markets
|
|
Wells Fargo Securities
|
|
|
BB&T
Capital Markets |
Canaccord Genuity |
Prospectus
dated ,
2011
Table of
Contents
We and the selling stockholders have not, and the underwriters
have not, authorized anyone to give any information or to make
any representations other than those that are contained in this
prospectus or in any free writing prospectus issued by us. Do
not rely upon any information or representations made outside of
this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus issued by us.
This prospectus is not an offer to sell, and it is not
soliciting an offer to buy, (1) any securities other than
shares of our common stock or (2) shares of our common
stock in any circumstances in which the offer or solicitation is
unlawful. The information contained in this prospectus may
change after the date of this prospectus. Do not assume after
the date of this prospectus that the information contained in
this prospectus is still correct.
Persons outside the United States who come into possession of
this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any
restrictions relating to the offering of the securities and the
distribution of the prospectus outside the United States.
Basis of
Presentation
We utilize a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on a Friday near
the end of December. Our fiscal years ended December 24,
2010, December 25, 2009, December 26, 2008,
December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006 were each
comprised of 52 weeks. Fiscal years are identified in this
prospectus according to the calendar year in which the fiscal
years end. For example, references to 2010,
fiscal 2010, fiscal year end 2010 or
other similar references refer to the fiscal year ended
December 24, 2010. Our fiscal year ending December 30,
2011 will have 53 weeks.
Industry and
Market Data
This prospectus includes industry and market data that we
derived from internal company records, publicly-available
information and industry publications and surveys. Industry
publications and surveys generally state that the information
contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be
reliable. We believe that this data is accurate in all material
respects as of the date of this prospectus. You should carefully
consider the inherent risks and uncertainties associated with
the industry and market data contained in this prospectus.
Trademarks and
Trade Names
In this prospectus, we refer (without any ownership notation) to
several registered and common law trademarks, including The
Chefs Warehouse, Dairyland USA, Spoleto, Bel Aria and
Grand Reserve. All brand names or other trademarks appearing in
this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.
ii
The following summary highlights information contained
elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by
the more detailed information and the historical consolidated
financial statements, and the related notes thereto, included
elsewhere in this prospectus. Because it is a summary, it does
not contain all of the information that you should consider
before investing in our common stock. You should read this
entire prospectus carefully, including the more detailed
information set forth under the caption Risk Factors
and the historical consolidated financial statements, and the
related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus
before investing in our common stock.
Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, we
will convert our company from a Delaware limited liability
company (Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC) to a Delaware
corporation (The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.). Unless otherwise
noted, the terms Company, we,
us, and our refer to Chefs
Warehouse Holdings, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries prior
to the conversion date and The Chefs Warehouse, Inc. and
its consolidated subsidiaries on and after the conversion date.
This prospectus assumes the completion of the conversion and
related transactions, as a result of which all membership
interests of Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC held by our
investors will be converted into shares of common stock of
The Chefs Warehouse, Inc. See Certain Relationships
and Related-Party Transactions Reorganization
Transaction. Unless otherwise indicated or the context
otherwise requires, financial and operating data in this
prospectus reflects the consolidated business and operations of
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC and its wholly-owned
subsidiaries prior to the conversion and The Chefs
Warehouse, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries from and after
the conversion.
Unless the context otherwise requires or indicates, the
information set forth in this prospectus assumes that
(1) the underwriters over-allotment option is not
exercised and (2) the common stock to be sold in this
offering is sold at $ per share,
which is the midpoint of the price range indicated on the cover
page of this prospectus.
Company
Overview
We are a premier distributor of specialty food products in the
United States. We are focused on serving the specific needs of
chefs who own
and/or
operate some of the nations leading menu-driven
independent restaurants, fine dining establishments, country
clubs, hotels, caterers, culinary schools and specialty food
stores. We believe that we have a distinct competitive advantage
in serving these customers as a result of our extensive
selection of distinctive and
hard-to-find
specialty food products, our product knowledge and our customer
service.
We define specialty food products as gourmet foods and
ingredients that are of the highest grade, quality or style as
measured by their uniqueness, exotic origin or particular
processing method. Our product portfolio includes over 11,500
stock-keeping units, or SKUs, and is comprised primarily of
imported and domestic specialty food products, such as artisan
charcuterie, specialty cheeses, unique oils and vinegars,
hormone-free protein, truffles, caviar and chocolate. We also
offer an extensive line of broadline food products, including
cooking oils, butter, eggs, milk and flour. Our core customers
are chefs, and we believe that, by offering a wide selection of
both distinctive and
hard-to-find
specialty products, together with staple broadline food
products, we are able to differentiate ourselves from larger,
traditional broadline foodservice distributors, while
simultaneously enabling our customers to utilize us as their
primary foodservice distributor.
Since the formation of our predecessor in 1985, we have expanded
our distribution network, product selection and customer base
both organically and through acquisitions. From fiscal 2009 to
fiscal 2010, net revenues, net income and earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA,
increased approximately $59.0 million, $6.9 million
and $8.7 million, respectively, to $330.1 million,
$15.9 million and $24.6 million, respectively. Net
revenues, net income and EBITDA for the three months ended
March 25, 2011 were $83.2 million, $1.0 million
and $5.5 million, respectively, increases of
$13.2 million, $0.7 million and $1.8 million,
respectively, over the comparable period in fiscal 2010. Pro
forma net income for fiscal 2010 and the three months ended
March 25, 2011 was $ and
$ , respectively. See footnote 3 to
the Summary Consolidated Financial Data for a reconciliation of
EBITDA to adjusted EBITDA and the information under the caption
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements beginning on
page F-21
for the calculation of pro forma net income for fiscal 2010 and
the three months ended March 25, 2011. During these periods
and in prior years, our sales to both new and existing customers
have increased as a result of an increase in the breadth and
depth of our product portfolio, our commitment to customer
service, the efforts of our experienced and sophisticated sales
professionals, the increased use of technology in the
1
operations and management of our business and our ongoing
consolidation of the fragmented specialty foodservice
distribution industry, including acquisitions in
San Francisco, Washington, D.C., Miami and New York
City since 2007.
Our Market
Opportunity
The United States foodservice distribution industry recorded
sales of $191.0 billion in 2009, according to industry
sources. The industry, which includes more than 16,500
distributors, is highly fragmented, with the largest broadline
distributors, Sysco Corporation and U.S. Foodservice, Inc.,
accounting for only 17% and 9%, respectively, of total industry
sales. These 16,500 distributors service an equally fragmented
end-market which is comprised of more than 550,000 customer
locations, including chain and non-chain, independent
restaurants, country clubs, hotels, caterers, hospitals,
schools, military installations, correctional facilities and
other institutional customer locations. The largest customer
segment for the foodservice distribution industry is
restaurants, which accounted for an estimated
$110.0 billion of distribution sales in 2009. The
restaurant segment is dominated by large chain restaurants, the
top 100 of which accounted for 55.9% of retail sales in 2009.
Conversely, smaller chain and nonchain, independent restaurants,
which we define as our target market, accounted for 44.1% of
retail sales in 2009.
Competitive
Strengths
We believe that, during our
26-year
history, we have achieved, developed
and/or
refined the following strengths which provide us with a distinct
competitive position in the foodservice distribution industry
and also the opportunity to achieve superior margins relative to
most large broadline foodservice distributors:
Leading Distributor of Specialty Food Products in Many of the
Key Culinary Markets. Based on our
managements industry knowledge and experience, we believe
we are the largest distributor of specialty food products in the
New York, Washington, D.C., San Francisco and Los
Angeles metro markets as measured by net sales. We believe these
markets, along with a number of other markets we serve,
including Las Vegas, Miami, Philadelphia, Boston and Napa
Valley, create and set the culinary trends for the rest of the
United States and provide us with valuable insight into the
latest culinary and menu practices. Furthermore, we believe our
established relationships with many of the top chefs, culinary
schools and dining establishments in these key culinary markets
have benefited us when we entered into new markets where we
believe that chefs at our potential customers were generally
knowledgeable of our brand and commitment to quality and
excellence from their experience working in other markets which
we serve or through their personal relationships throughout the
culinary industry.
Expansive Product Offering. We offer an
extensive portfolio of high-quality specialty food products,
ranging from basic ingredients and staples, such as milk and
flour, to delicacies and specialty ingredients sourced from
North America, Europe, Asia and South America, which we believe
helps our customers distinguish their menu items. We carry more
than 11,500 SKUs, including approximately 7,000 that are
in-stock every day, and we constantly evaluate our portfolio and
introduce new products to address regional trends and
preferences and ensure that we are on the leading edge of
broader culinary trends. Through our importing division, we
provide our customers with access to a portfolio of exclusive
items, including regional olive oils, truffles and charcuterie
from Italy, Spain, France and other Mediterranean countries. In
addition, and as evidence of our commitment to aid our customers
in creating unique and innovative menu items, we regularly
utilize our sourcing relationships and industry insights to
procure additional products that we do not regularly carry but
that our customers specifically request. We believe that the
breadth and depth of our product portfolio facilitates our
customers ability to distinguish and enhance their menu
offerings and differentiates us from larger traditional
broadline foodservice distributors. For example, we provide a
selection of more than 125 different varieties of olive oil,
while large broadline foodservice distributors only carry, on
average,
5-10 types
of olive oil.
Critical
Route-to-Market
for Specialty Food Suppliers. We currently
distribute products from more than 1,000 different suppliers,
with no single supplier currently representing more than 5% of
our total disbursements. Our suppliers are located throughout
North America, Europe, Asia and South America and include
numerous small, family-owned entities and artisanal food
producers. We are the largest customer for many of our
suppliers. As a result, our experienced and sophisticated sales
professionals, customer relationships and distribution platform
are critical to these suppliers
route-to-market,
which provides us with greater leverage in our relationships
with the suppliers and also enables us to offer a wide range of
products on an exclusive basis.
Expanding Base of Premier Customer
Relationships. Our breadth and depth of product
offerings coupled with our highly regarded customer service has
allowed us to develop and retain a loyal customer base that is
comprised of
2
chefs who own or work at more than 7,000 of the nations
leading menu-driven independent restaurants, fine dining
establishments, country clubs, hotels, caterers, culinary
schools and specialty food stores. Our focus on product
selection, product knowledge and customer service has rewarded
us with a number of long-term customer relationships, which
often begin when chefs are introduced to us while attending the
nations leading culinary schools, including The Culinary
Institute of America and The French Culinary Institute, both of
which have been customers of ours for more than five years.
Collaborative Professional and Educational Relationships with
our Customers. We employ a sophisticated and
experienced sales force of approximately 125 sales
professionals, the majority of whom have formal culinary
training, degrees in the culinary arts or prior experience
working in the culinary industry. Equipped with advanced
culinary and industry knowledge, our sales professionals seek to
establish a rapport with our customers so that they can more
fully understand and anticipate the needs of and offer
cost-effective food product solutions to the chefs that own or
operate these businesses. We believe that the specialized
knowledge base of our sales professionals enables us to take a
more collaborative and educational approach to selling our
gourmet foods and ingredients and to further differentiate
ourselves from our traditional broadline competitors.
Expertise in Logistics and Distribution. We
have built a first-class, scalable inventory management and
logistics platform that enables us to efficiently fill an
average of 11,000 orders each week and to profitably meet our
customers needs for varying drop sizes, high service
levels and timely delivery. Our average distribution service
level, or the percentage of in-stock items ordered by customers
that were delivered by the requested date, was in excess of 99%
in 2010, which we believe is among the highest rates in the
foodservice distribution industry. With distribution centers
located in New York, Los Angeles, San Francisco, Washington
D.C., Las Vegas and Miami, we are able to leverage our
geographic footprint and reduce our inbound freight costs. This
scale enables us to maintain a portfolio of more than 11,500
SKUs through the operation of our sophisticated information
technology, inventory management and logistics systems, which we
believe allows us to provide our customers with the highest
level of customer service and responsiveness in our industry.
Experienced and Proven Management Team. Our
senior management team has demonstrated the ability to grow the
business through various economic environments. With collective
experience of more than 60 years at The Chefs
Warehouse and its predecessor, our founders and senior
management are experienced operators and are passionate about
our future. Our senior management team is comprised of our
founders as well as experienced professionals with expertise in
a wide range of functional areas, including finance, sales and
marketing, information technology and human resources. We
believe our management team and employee base is, and will
remain, highly motivated as they will continue to own
approximately % of our common stock upon
consummation of this offering.
Our Growth
Strategies
We believe substantial organic growth opportunities exist in our
current markets through increased penetration of our existing
customers and the addition of new customers, and we have
identified new markets that we believe also present
opportunities for future expansion. Key elements of our growth
strategy include the following:
Increase Penetration with Existing
Customers. We intend to sell more products to our
existing customers by increasing the breadth and depth of our
product selection and increasing the efficiency of our sales
professionals, while at the same time continuing to provide
excellent customer service. We are a data-driven and
goal-oriented organization, and we are highly focused on
increasing the number of unique products we distribute to each
customer and our weekly gross profit contribution from each
customer. Based on our managements industry experience and
our relationships and dealings with our customers, we believe we
are the primary distributor of specialty food products to the
majority of our customers, and we intend to maintain that
position while adding to the number of customers for which we
serve as their primary distributor of specialty food products.
Expand our Customer Base Within our Existing
Markets. As of December 24, 2010, we served
more than 7,000 customer locations in the United States. We plan
to expand our market share in the fragmented specialty food
distribution industry by cultivating new customer relationships
within our existing markets through the continued penetration of
independent restaurants, fine dining establishments, country
clubs, hotels, caterers, culinary schools and specialty food
stores. We believe we have the opportunity to continue to gain
market share in our existing markets by offering an extensive
selection of specialty food products as well as traditional
broadline staple food products through our unique, collaborative
and educational sales efforts and efficient, scalable
distribution solution.
3
Continue to Improve our Operating Margins. As
we continue to grow, we believe we can improve our operating
margins by continuing to leverage our inventory management and
logistics platform and our general and administrative functions
to yield both improved customer service and profitability.
Utilizing our fleet of delivery trucks, we fill an average of
11,000 customer orders each week, usually within
12-24 hours
of order placement. We intend to continue to offer our customers
this high level of customer service while maintaining our focus
on realizing efficiencies and economies of scale in purchasing,
warehousing, distribution and general and administrative
functions which, when combined with incremental fixed-cost
leverage, we believe will lead to continued improvements in our
operating margin.
Pursue Selective Acquisitions. Throughout our
26-year
history, we have successfully identified, consummated and
integrated multiple new market and tuck-in acquisitions. We
believe we have improved the operations and overall
profitability of each acquired company by leveraging our
sourcing relationships to provide an expanded product portfolio,
implementing our tested sales force training techniques and
metrics and installing improved warehouse management and
information systems. We believe we have the opportunity to
capitalize on our existing infrastructure and expertise by
continuing to selectively pursue opportunistic acquisitions in
order to expand the breadth of our distribution network,
increase our operating efficiency and add additional products
and capabilities.
Recent
Developments
On June 24, 2011, we purchased the inventory of Harry
Wils & Co. and certain intangible assets, including
Harry Wils & Co.s customer list and certain
intellectual property. Harry Wils & Co. is a specialty
foodservice distribution company headquartered in the New York
City metropolitan area, and we believe that the purchase of
these assets will allow us to increase the number of customers
we service in the New York metropolitan area. The purchase
price paid to Harry Wils & Co. was approximately
$7.7 million for the intangible assets, plus approximately
$1.2 million for inventory on hand. We assumed no
liabilities in connection with the transaction and have
relocated the inventory we purchased to our Bronx, New York
distribution facility. We financed the purchase price for these
assets with borrowings under our existing senior secured credit
facilities.
Reorganization
Transaction
Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, we
will complete a transaction in which we will convert Chefs
Warehouse Holdings, LLC into The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.
Specifically, immediately prior to the time at which the
registration statement of which this prospectus is part is
declared effective, Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, will convert into The
Chefs Warehouse, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the
members of Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC will receive
shares of our common stock in exchange for their membership
interests in Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC.
It is expected that our existing investors will own
approximately % of our outstanding
shares of common stock upon consummation of this offering. As a
result, we will
issue shares
of common stock in our reorganization transaction and each of
the holders of our Class B units and Class C units
will
receive shares
of our common stock for each unit of membership interest in
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC owned by them at the time of
the conversion. Of the total number of shares we issue in the
reorganization
transaction, shares
will be restricted shares of our common stock issued upon
conversion of our Class C units that have not vested as of
the date we consummate the reorganization transaction.
Refinancing
Transactions
In connection with our redemption of all of our outstanding
Class A units in October 2010, we entered into our existing
$100.0 million senior secured credit facilities with a
syndicate of lenders. The existing senior secured credit
facilities provide for (i) a $75.0 million term loan
facility and (ii) a revolving credit facility under which
we may borrow up to $25.0 million. We also issued
$15.0 million of our senior subordinated notes due 2014.
In connection with this offering, we have entered into a
commitment letter, which we expect will be replaced by
definitive loan documentation simultaneously with the closing of
this offering, with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. with respect to
new senior secured credit facilities. Pursuant to the commitment
letter, our new senior secured credit facilities will provide
for (i) a four year, $30.0 million term loan facility
maturing in 2015, and (ii) a four year, $50.0 million
revolving credit facility maturing in 2015. We intend to use the
net proceeds of this offering, together with a portion of
borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities, to
repay all of our loans outstanding
4
under our existing senior secured credit facilities and redeem
or repurchase all of our outstanding senior subordinated notes
due 2014.
Risk
Factors
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of
risk. Before you invest in our common stock, you should
carefully read and consider, among other things, the following
risks as well as those described under the caption Risk
Factors beginning on page 12 of this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
Our success depends to a significant extent on general economic
conditions, including changes in disposable income levels and
consumer spending trends;
|
|
|
Conditions beyond our control could materially affect the cost
and/or
availability of our specialty food products
and/or
interrupt our distribution network;
|
|
|
Our business is low-margin in nature and our profit margins are
sensitive to inflationary and deflationary pressures;
|
|
|
Because our foodservice distribution operations are principally
concentrated in six culinary markets, we are susceptible to
economic and other developments, including adverse weather
conditions, in these areas;
|
|
|
Damage to our reputation or lack of acceptance of our specialty
food products
and/or the
brands we carry in existing and new markets could materially and
adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of
operations;
|
|
|
Our profit margins may be negatively affected if group
purchasing organizations are successful in adding our
independent restaurant customers as members;
|
|
|
A significant portion of our future growth is dependent upon our
ability to expand our operations in our existing markets and to
penetrate new markets, including through acquisitions; and
|
|
|
We may have difficulty managing and facilitating our future
growth.
|
Company
Information
Our principal executive office is located at 100 East Ridge
Road, Ridgefield, Connecticut 06877, and our telephone number is
(203) 894-1345.
Our website address is
http://www.chefswarehouse.com.
Our website and the information contained therein or connected
thereto is not and shall not be deemed to be incorporated into
this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms
a part and is provided as an inactive textual reference.
5
The
Offering
|
|
|
Common stock offered by us |
|
shares |
|
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders |
|
shares |
|
Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this
offering |
|
shares |
Selling
Stockholders
See Principal and Selling Stockholders for
information regarding the selling stockholders who are
participating in this offering.
Over-Allotment
Option
The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an
option for a period of 30 days after the date of this
prospectus to purchase up
to additional
shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments. The
information presented in this prospectus assumes that the
underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.
Use of
Proceeds
We estimate the net proceeds to us from this offering will be
approximately $ million,
after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us, based upon an assumed
initial offering price of $ per
share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds of
this offering, together with borrowings under our new senior
secured credit facilities, to:
|
|
|
|
|
redeem or repurchase all of our outstanding senior subordinated
notes due 2014 and pay any accrued but unpaid interest thereon
and other related fees, including the call premium associated
with such redemption or repurchase; and
|
|
|
repay all of our loans outstanding under our existing senior
secured credit facilities and any accrued but unpaid interest
thereon and other related fees.
|
An affiliate of Jefferies & Company, Inc., an
underwriter in this offering, is a lender under our existing
term loan facility and one of the holders of our senior
subordinated notes and will receive approximately
$ million of the net proceeds of this offering
used to redeem or repurchase our senior subordinated notes and
repay our existing term loan facility.
For a more complete description of our new senior secured credit
facilities, see the information under the caption
Description of Our Indebtedness New Senior
Secured Credit Facilities.
We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of common
stock by the selling stockholders. See Use of
Proceeds, Description of Our Indebtedness,
Principal and Selling Stockholders and
Underwriting Affiliations and Conflicts of
Interest.
Risk
Factors
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.
You should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the
more detailed information set forth under the caption Risk
Factors and the historical consolidated financial
statements, and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in
this prospectus, before investing in our common stock.
Lock-up
Agreements
Our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of
our outstanding common stock have agreed with the underwriters,
subject to limited exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose
of any of our shares for a period of
6
180 days after the date of this prospectus. See the
information under the caption Underwriting No
Sales of Similar Securities for additional information.
Proposed NASDAQ
Global Market Symbol
We have applied to have our common stock listed on The NASDAQ
Global Market under the symbol CHEF.
Conflicts of
Interest
As described under the caption Use of Proceeds, we
intend to use net proceeds from this offering, together with
borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities, to
(1) redeem or repurchase any and all of our outstanding
senior subordinated notes and any accrued but unpaid interest
thereon and other related fees, including the call premium
associated with such redemption or repurchase, and
(2) repay all of our loans outstanding under our existing
senior secured credit facilities and any accrued but unpaid
interest thereon and other related fees. Because an affiliate of
Jefferies & Company, Inc. is a lender under our
existing term loan facility and one of the holders of our senior
subordinated notes and will receive approximately
$19.0 million, or more than 5% of the net proceeds of this
offering, due to such redemption and repayments, this offering
will be conducted in accordance with Rule 5121 of the
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA. This
rule requires, among other things, that a qualified
independent underwriter has participated in the
preparation of, and has exercised the usual standards of
due diligence with respect to, the registration
statement and this
prospectus.
has agreed to act as qualified independent underwriter for the
offering and to undertake the legal responsibilities and
liabilities of an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, or the Securities Act, specifically including those
inherent in Section 11 of the Securities Act. See
Underwriting Affiliations and Conflicts of
Interest.
7
Summary
Consolidated Financial Data
The following table sets forth, for the periods and as of the
dates indicated, our summary consolidated financial data on an
historical basis and, for the fiscal year ended
December 24, 2010 and for the three months ended
March 25, 2011, on a pro forma basis giving effect to our
redemption of our Class A units, this offering, our
reorganization transaction described below and the application
of the net proceeds of this offering as described under the
caption Use of Proceeds and borrowings under our new
senior secured credit facilities. The statement of operations
data for the fiscal years ended December 24, 2010,
December 25, 2009 and December 26, 2008 are derived
from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the statement of
operations data for the three months ended March 25, 2011
and March 26, 2010 and balance sheet data as of
March 25, 2011 from our unaudited interim consolidated
financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In
the opinion of management, the unaudited interim consolidated
financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of
normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair
presentation of the Companys financial position at
March 25, 2011 and results of its operations and its cash
flows for the three months ended March 25, 2011 and
March 26, 2010. The financial condition and results of
operations as of and for the three months ended March 25,
2011 do not purport to be indicative of the financial condition
or results of operations to be expected as of or for the fiscal
year ending December 30, 2011. The pro forma data included
in the table was prepared in accordance with Article 11 of
Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.
The summary consolidated financial data presented on the
following pages represent only portions of our financial
statements and, accordingly, are not complete. You should read
this information in conjunction with the information included
under the captions Use of Proceeds,
Capitalization, Selected Consolidated
Financial Data, Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements and our consolidated financial statements, and
the related notes thereto, which are included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, we
will convert our company from a Delaware limited liability
company (Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC) to a Delaware
corporation (The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.). See Certain
Relationships and Related-Party Transactions
Reorganization Transaction. The summary consolidated
financial data relate to Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC and
its consolidated subsidiaries.
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRO
FORMA (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FISCAL YEAR
|
|
|
THREE MONTHS
|
|
|
|
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
|
|
|
THREE MONTHS ENDED
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 25,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 26,
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
MARCH 26,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24,
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
330,118
|
|
|
$
|
271,072
|
|
|
$
|
281,703
|
|
|
$
|
83,183
|
|
|
$
|
70,000
|
|
|
$
|
330,118
|
|
|
$
|
83,183
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
244,340
|
|
|
|
199,764
|
|
|
|
211,387
|
|
|
|
61,148
|
|
|
|
52,017
|
|
|
|
244,340
|
|
|
|
61,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
85,778
|
|
|
|
71,308
|
|
|
|
70,316
|
|
|
|
22,035
|
|
|
|
17,983
|
|
|
|
85,778
|
|
|
|
22,035
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
64,206
|
|
|
|
57,977
|
|
|
|
60,314
|
|
|
|
16,976
|
|
|
|
14,953
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
21,572
|
|
|
|
13,331
|
|
|
|
10,002
|
|
|
|
5,059
|
|
|
|
3,030
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
4,041
|
|
|
|
2,815
|
|
|
|
3,238
|
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
627
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Gain)/loss on fluctuation of interest rate swap
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
|
|
(658
|
)
|
|
|
1,118
|
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
(183
|
)
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations before income taxes
|
|
|
18,441
|
|
|
|
11,174
|
|
|
|
5,646
|
|
|
|
1,687
|
|
|
|
2,586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
2,567
|
|
|
|
2,213
|
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
667
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,874
|
|
|
$
|
8,961
|
|
|
$
|
2,196
|
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
1,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividend accretion on Class A members
units(2)
|
|
|
(4,123
|
)
|
|
|
(6,207
|
)
|
|
|
(3,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,180
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividend paid to Class A members
units(2)
|
|
|
(22,429
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to members units/common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
(10,678
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,754
|
|
|
$
|
(804
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net (loss) income per members unit/share of common
stock
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted net (loss) income per members unit/share of common
stock
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average members units/common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
77,827
|
|
|
|
76,663
|
|
|
|
52,526
|
|
|
|
76,573
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
81,851
|
|
|
|
76,663
|
|
|
|
54,375
|
|
|
|
79,515
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRO
FORMA (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FISCAL YEAR
|
|
|
THREE MONTHS
|
|
|
|
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
|
|
|
THREE MONTHS ENDED
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 25,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 26,
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
MARCH 26,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24,
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
13,524
|
|
|
$
|
11,885
|
|
|
$
|
1,616
|
|
|
$
|
3,136
|
|
|
$
|
2,515
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
$
|
(4,871
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,827
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,848
|
)
|
|
$
|
(389
|
)
|
|
$
|
(513
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
$
|
(7,550
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,774
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,591
|
|
|
$
|
(3,869
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,547
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
(1,133
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,061
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,848
|
)
|
|
$
|
(389
|
)
|
|
$
|
(513
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA(3)
|
|
$
|
24,585
|
|
|
$
|
15,906
|
|
|
$
|
10,869
|
|
|
$
|
5,525
|
|
|
$
|
3,676
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
EBITDA(3)
|
|
$
|
23,937
|
|
|
$
|
16,345
|
|
|
$
|
12,340
|
|
|
$
|
5,134
|
|
|
$
|
3,580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACTUAL
|
|
|
AS ADJUSTED
|
|
|
|
AS OF
|
|
|
AS OF
|
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2011(5)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
856
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working capital
|
|
$
|
12,866
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
81,297
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
$
|
81,999
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
$
|
129,089
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total members/stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
$
|
(47,792
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The pro forma data gives effect to
the redemption of our Class A units, our conversion to a
subchapter C corporation, this offering and the use of proceeds
therefrom and the incurrence of
$ million of borrowings under
our new senior secured credit facilities, as if they had been
consummated on December 26, 2009. For a detailed
presentation of this unaudited condensed consolidated pro forma
statement of operations data, including a description of the
transactions and assumptions underlying the pro forma
adjustments giving rise to these results, please see the
information contained under the caption Unaudited Pro
Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
beginning on
page F-21
of this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Accreted dividends and the
distribution for the final redemption of the Class A units are
removed from earnings from the net income (loss) attributable to
members units as these distributions were not available to
those members. For more information, see Note 2 to our
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
(3) |
|
EBITDA represents earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA
represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization plus adjustments (i) in each of the periods
for the gain or loss associated with the marking to market of an
interest rate swap we entered into in 2005 that expired in
January 2011; (ii) in the three months ended March 25,
2011 for the gain associated with foreign exchange contracts;
(iii) in 2009 for severance costs related to our management
restructuring; and (iv) in each of the periods other than
the three months ended March 25, 2011 for a management fee
paid to BGCP/DL, LLC, or BGCP, a former member of ours, that
will no longer be paid as a result of our redemption of all of
our Class A units in October 2010. We are presenting EBITDA
and Adjusted EBITDA, which are not measurements determined in
accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles,
or GAAP, because we believe each of these measures provides an
additional metric to evaluate our operations and which we
believe, when considered with both our GAAP results and the
reconciliation to net income, provides a more complete
understanding of our business than could be obtained absent this
disclosure. We use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, together with
financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, such as
revenue and cash flows from operations, to assess our historical
and prospective operating performance and to enhance our
understanding of our core operating performance. Each of EBITDA
and Adjusted EBITDA is presented because (i) we believe it
is a useful measure for investors to assess the operating
performance of our business without the effect of non-cash
depreciation and amortization expenses and, in the case of
Adjusted EBITDA, the above-described adjustments; (ii) we
believe that investors will find it useful in assessing our
ability to service or incur indebtedness; and (iii) we use
it internally as a benchmark to evaluate our operating
performance or compare our performance to that of our
competitors. The use of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as
performance measures permits a comparative assessment of our
operating performance relative to our performance based upon our
GAAP results while isolating the effects of some items that vary
from period to period without any correlation to core operating
performance or that vary widely among similar companies.
Companies within the foodservice distribution industry exhibit
significant variations with respect to capital structures and
cost of capital (which
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
affect interest expense and tax
rates) and differences in book depreciation of facilities and
equipment (which affect relative depreciation expense),
including significant differences in the depreciable lives of
similar assets among various companies. Our management believes
that both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA facilitate
company-to-company
comparisons within our industry by eliminating some of the
foregoing variations.
|
|
|
Neither EBITDA nor Adjusted EBITDA
is a measurement determined in accordance with GAAP and each
should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to
net income, net cash provided by operating, investing or
financing activities or other financial statement data presented
as indicators of financial performance or liquidity, each as
presented in accordance with GAAP. Neither EBITDA nor Adjusted
EBITDA should be considered as a measure of discretionary cash
available to us to invest in the growth of our business. EBITDA
and Adjusted EBITDA as presented may not be comparable to other
similarly titled measures of other companies, and our
presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be
construed as an inference that our future results will be
unaffected by unusual items.
|
|
|
Our management recognizes that both
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical
financial measures, including the following:
|
|
|
neither EBITDA
nor Adjusted EBITDA reflects our capital expenditures or future
requirements for capital expenditures;
|
|
|
neither EBITDA
nor Adjusted EBITDA reflects the interest expense, or the cash
requirements necessary to service interest or principal
payments, associated with our indebtedness;
|
|
|
neither EBITDA
nor Adjusted EBITDA reflects depreciation and amortization,
which are non-cash charges, although the assets being
depreciated and amortized will likely have to be replaced in the
future, nor does EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA reflect any cash
requirements for such replacements; and
|
|
|
neither EBITDA
nor Adjusted EBITDA reflects changes in, or cash requirements
for, our working capital needs.
|
|
|
|
A reconciliation of EBITDA and
Adjusted EBITDA to net income is provided below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
|
|
|
THREE MONTHS ENDED
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 25,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 26,
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
MARCH 26,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,874
|
|
|
$
|
8,961
|
|
|
$
|
2,196
|
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
1,536
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
4,041
|
|
|
|
2,815
|
|
|
|
3,238
|
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
627
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
2,103
|
|
|
|
1,917
|
|
|
|
1,985
|
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
|
463
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
2,567
|
|
|
|
2,213
|
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
667
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
$
|
24,585
|
|
|
$
|
15,906
|
|
|
$
|
10,869
|
|
|
$
|
5,525
|
|
|
$
|
3,676
|
|
Adjustments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Gain)/loss on fluctuation of interest rate
swap (a)
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
|
|
(658
|
)
|
|
|
1,118
|
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
(183
|
)
|
(Gain)/loss on the marking to market of foreign exchange
contracts (b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(310
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Management severance
costs (c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
745
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BGCP annual management
fee (d)
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
|
353
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
23,937
|
|
|
$
|
16,345
|
|
|
$
|
12,340
|
|
|
$
|
5,134
|
|
|
$
|
3,580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
Represents the gain or loss we experienced on our interest rate
swap in each period. When we entered into our interest rate swap
in 2005, we did not elect to account for it under hedge
accounting rules. As such, the mark-to-market movement of the
swap is recorded through our statement of operations. This
interest rate swap expired in January 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
Represents the unrealized gain we experienced on our Eurodollar
collar we entered into in the first quarter of 2011 as a hedge
against imported products denominated, and paid for, in Euros.
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
Represents cash severance payments to individuals in connection
with our 2009 management restructuring.
|
|
(d)
|
Represents the annual management fee we paid to BGCP in the
respective periods. We redeemed all of our Class A units
owned by BGCP in October 2010.
|
|
|
(4) |
Working capital is defined as the difference between current
assets and current liabilities. At March 25, 2011, the
then-outstanding balance under our senior secured revolving
credit facility of $9.7 million was included within the
current portion of long-term debt.
|
|
|
(5) |
Gives effect to (i) the reorganization transaction that is
expected to occur prior to the effectiveness of this
registration statement, (ii) this offering and
(iii) the application of the net proceeds of this offering
as described under the caption Use of Proceeds and
$ million
of borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities.
|
11
RISK
FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.
You should consider carefully the following risk factors and the
other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated
financial statements and related notes to those statements,
before you decide to invest in our common stock. If any of the
following risks actually occur, our business, financial
condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.
As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline
and you could lose part or all of your investment.
Risks Relating to
Our Business and Industry
Our success
depends to a significant extent upon general economic
conditions, including disposable income levels and changes in
consumer discretionary spending.
Because our target customers include menu-driven independent
restaurants, fine dining establishments, country clubs, hotels,
caterers and specialty food stores, our business is exposed to
reductions in disposable income levels and discretionary
consumer spending. The recent recession, coupled with high
unemployment rates, reduced home values, increases in home
foreclosures, investment losses, personal bankruptcies, reduced
access to credit and reduced consumer confidence, has adversely
impacted consumers ability and willingness to spend
discretionary dollars. Economic conditions may remain volatile
and may continue to repress consumer confidence and
discretionary spending for the near term. If the weak economy
continues for a prolonged period of time or worsens, consumers
may choose to spend discretionary dollars less frequently which
could result in a decline in consumers purchases of
food-away-from-home, particularly in more expensive restaurants,
and, consequently, the businesses of our customers by, among
other things, reducing the frequency with which our
customers customers choose to dine out or the amount they
spend on meals while dining out. If our customers sales
decrease, our profitability could decline as we spread fixed
costs across a lower volume of sales. Moreover, we believe that,
if the current negative economic conditions persist for an
extended period of time or become more pervasive, consumers
might ultimately make long-lasting changes to their
discretionary spending behavior, including dining out less
frequently on a permanent basis. Accordingly, adverse changes to
consumer preferences or consumer discretionary spending, each of
which could be affected by many different factors which are out
of our control, could harm our business, financial condition or
results of operations. Our continued success will depend in part
upon our ability to anticipate, identify and respond to changing
economic and other conditions and the impact that they may have
on discretionary consumer spending.
Conditions
beyond our control could materially affect the cost and/or
availability of our specialty food products and/or interrupt our
distribution network.
Our profitability and operating margins are dependent upon,
among other things, our ability to anticipate and react to any
interruptions in our distribution network and changes to food
costs and availability. We obtain a significant portion of our
specialty food products from local, regional, national and
international third-party suppliers. We generally do not enter
into long-term contracts with our suppliers whereby they would
be committed to provide products to us for any appreciable
duration of time. Although our purchasing volume can provide
leverage when dealing with suppliers, particularly smaller
suppliers for whom we may be their largest customer, suppliers
may not provide or may be unable to provide the specialty food
products we need in the quantities and at the times and prices
we request. Failure to identify an alternate source of supply
for these items or comparable products that meet our
customers expectations may result in significant cost
increases. Additionally, weather, governmental regulation,
availability and seasonality may affect our food costs or cause
a disruption in the quantity of our supply. For example, weather
patterns in recent years have resulted in lower than normal
levels of rainfall in key agricultural states such as
California, impacting the price of water and the corresponding
prices of food products grown in states facing drought
conditions. Additionally, the
route-to-market
for some of the products we sell, such as baking chocolate,
depends upon the stability of political climates in developing
nations, such as the Ivory Coast. In such countries, political
and social unrest may cause the prices for these products to
rise to levels beyond those that our customers are willing to
pay, if the product is available at all. If we are unable to
obtain these products, our customers may seek a different
supplier for these, or other, products which could negatively
impact our business, financial condition or results of
operations.
We do not currently use financial instruments to hedge our risk
exposure to market fluctuations in the price of food products.
Similarly, our suppliers may also be affected by higher costs to
source or produce and transport food products, as well as by
other related expenses that they pass through to their
customers, which could result in
12
higher costs for the specialty food products they supply to us.
Our inability to anticipate and react to changing food costs
through our sourcing and purchasing practices in the future
could therefore negatively impact our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
We are also subject to material supply chain interruptions based
upon conditions outside of our control. These interruptions
could include work slowdowns, work interruptions, strikes or
other adverse employment actions taken by employees of
suppliers, short-term weather conditions or more prolonged
climate change, crop conditions, product recalls, water
shortages, transportation interruptions within our distribution
channels, unavailability of fuel or increases in fuel costs,
competitive demands and natural disasters or other catastrophic
events, such as food-borne illnesses or bioterrorism. The
efficiency and effectiveness of our distribution network is
dependent upon our suppliers ability to consistently
deliver the specialty food products we need in the quantities
and at the times and prices we request. Accordingly, if we are
unable to obtain the specialty food products that comprise our
product portfolio in a timely manner as a result of any of the
foregoing factors or otherwise, we may be unable to fulfill our
obligations to customers who may, as a result of any such
failure, resort to other distributors for their food product
needs.
Our business
is a low-margin business and our profit margins may be sensitive
to inflationary and deflationary pressures.
We operate within a segment of the foodservice distribution
industry, which is an industry characterized by a high volume of
sales with relatively low profit margins. Although our profit
margins are typically higher than more traditional broadline
foodservice distributors, they are still relatively low compared
to other industries profit margins. Most of our sales are
at prices that are based upon product cost plus a percentage
markup. As a result, volatile food costs have a direct impact
upon our profitability. Prolonged periods of product cost
inflation may have a negative impact on our profit margins and
results of operations to the extent we are unable to pass on all
or a portion of such product cost increases to our customers. In
addition, product cost inflation may negatively impact consumer
discretionary spending decisions within our customers
establishments, which could adversely impact our sales.
Conversely, because most of our sales are at prices that are
based upon product cost plus a percentage markup, our profit
levels may be negatively impacted during periods of product cost
deflation even though our gross profit as a percentage of sales
may remain relatively constant. To compensate for lower gross
margins, we, in turn, must reduce the expenses that we incur to
service our customers. Our inability to effectively price our
specialty food products, to quickly respond to inflationary and
deflationary cost pressures and to reduce our expenses could
have a material adverse impact on our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
Group
purchasing organizations may become more active in our industry
and increase their efforts to add our customers as members of
these organizations.
Some of our customers, including a majority of our hotel
customers, purchase their products from us through group
purchasing organizations. These organizations have increased
their efforts to aggregate the purchasing power of smaller,
independent restaurants in an effort to lower the prices paid by
these customers on their foodservice orders, and we have
experienced some pricing pressure from these purchasers. If
these group purchasing organizations are able to add a
significant number of our customers as members, we may be forced
to lower the prices we charge these customers in order to retain
the business, which would negatively affect our business,
financial condition or results of operations. Additionally, if
we were unable or unwilling to lower the prices we charge for
our products to a level that was satisfactory to the group
purchasing organization, we may lose the business of those of
our customers that are members of these organizations, which
would negatively impact our business, financial condition or
results of operations.
Because our
foodservice distribution operations are concentrated principally
in six culinary markets, we are susceptible to economic and
other developments, including adverse weather conditions, in
these areas.
Our financial condition and results of operations are highly
dependent upon the local economies of the six culinary markets
in which we distribute our specialty food products. In recent
years, certain of these markets have been more negatively
impacted by the overall economic crisis, including experiencing
higher unemployment rates and weaker housing market conditions,
than other areas of the United States. Moreover, sales of our
specialty products in our New York market, which we define
as our operations on the East Coast of the United States
spanning from Boston to Atlantic City, accounted for
approximately 65% of our net revenues in our fiscal year ended
2010. We are therefore particularly exposed to downturns in this
regional economy. Any further deterioration in the economic
conditions of these markets generally, or in the local economy
of the New York metropolitan area, specifically, could affect
our business, financial condition or results of operations in a
materially adverse manner.
13
In addition, given our geographic concentrations, other regional
occurrences such as adverse weather conditions, terrorist
attacks and other catastrophic events could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results
of operations. Adverse weather conditions can significantly
impact our ability to profitably and efficiently conduct our
operations and, in severe cases, could result in our trucks
being unable to make deliveries or cause the temporary closure
or the destruction of one or more of our distribution centers.
Our operations
and/or
distribution centers which are located in (i) New York City
and Washington D.C. are particularly susceptible to significant
amounts of snowfall and ice, (ii) Miami are particularly
susceptible to hurricanes and (iii) Los Angeles and
San Francisco are particularly susceptible to earthquakes
and mudslides. Additionally, due to their prominence as, among
other characteristics, densely-populated major metropolitan
cities and as international hubs for intermodal transportation,
each of our six markets is a known target for terrorist activity
and other catastrophic events. If our operations are
significantly disrupted or if any one or more of our
distribution centers is temporarily closed or destroyed for any
of the foregoing reasons, our business, financial condition or
results of operations may be materially adversely affected. In
anticipation of any such adverse weather conditions, terrorist
attacks, man-made disasters or other unforeseen regional
occurrences, we have implemented a disaster recovery plan.
Should any of these events occur, if we are unable to execute
our disaster recovery plan, we may experience failures or delays
in the recovery of critical data, delayed reporting and
compliance with governmental entities, inability to perform
necessary corporate functions and other breakdowns in normal
operating procedures that could have a material adverse effect
on our business and create exposure to administrative and other
legal claims against us.
Damage to our
reputation or lack of acceptance of our specialty food products
and/or the brands we carry in existing and new markets could
materially and adversely impact our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
We believe that we have built a strong reputation for the
breadth and depth of our product portfolio and the brands we
carry and that we must protect and grow their value to be
successful in the future. Any incident that erodes consumer
confidence in or affinity for our specialty food products or
brands, whether or not justified, could significantly reduce
their respective values and damage our business. If our
customers perceive or experience a reduction in the quality or
selection of our products and brands or our customer service, or
in any way believe that we failed to deliver a consistently
positive experience, our business, financial condition or
results of operations may be affected in a materially adverse
manner.
A specialty foods distribution business such as ours can be
adversely affected by negative publicity or news reports,
whether or not accurate, regarding food quality issues, public
health concerns, illness, safety, injury or government or
industry findings concerning our products or others across the
food distribution industry. Although we have taken steps to
mitigate food quality, public health and other
foodservice-related risks, these types of health concerns or
negative publicity cannot be completely eliminated or mitigated
and may harm our results of operations and damage the reputation
of, or result in a lack of acceptance of, our products or the
brands we carry.
In addition, our ability to successfully penetrate new markets
may be adversely affected by a lack of awareness or acceptance
of our product portfolio or our brands in these new markets. To
the extent we are unable to foster name recognition and affinity
for our products and brands in new markets, we may not be able
to penetrate these markets as anticipated, and, consequently,
our growth may be significantly delayed or impaired.
Our customers
are generally not obligated to continue purchasing products from
us.
Most of our customers buy from us pursuant to individual
purchase orders, as we generally do not enter into long-term
agreements with our customers for the purchase of our products.
Because our customers are generally not obligated to continue
purchasing products from us, we cannot assure you that the
volume
and/or
number of our customers purchase orders will remain
constant or increase or that we will be able to maintain or add
to our existing customer base. Significant decreases in the
volume
and/or
number of our customers purchase orders or our inability
to retain or grow our current customer base may have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results
of operations.
We have
experienced losses due to our inability to collect accounts
receivable in the past and could experience increases in such
losses in the future if our customers are unable to pay their
debts to us in a timely manner or at all.
Certain of our customers have experienced bankruptcy, insolvency
and/or an
inability to pay their debts to us as they come due. If our
customers suffer significant financial difficulties or
bankruptcies, they may be unable to pay their debts to us in a
timely manner or at all. It is possible that our customers may
contest their obligations to pay us under bankruptcy laws or
otherwise. Even if our customers do not contest their
obligations to pay us, if our customers are unable to pay their
debts to us in a timely manner, it could adversely impact our
ability to collect accounts receivable and may require that we
take larger provisions for bad debt expense. Moreover, we may
have to
14
negotiate significant discounts
and/or
extended financing terms with these customers in such a
situation in an attempt to secure payment for outstanding debts.
Accordingly, if we are unable to collect upon our accounts
receivable as they come due in an efficient and timely manner,
our business, financial condition or results of operations may
be materially and adversely affected. During periods of economic
weakness, like those we have been experiencing, small to
medium-sized businesses, like many of our independent restaurant
and fine dining establishment customers, may be impacted more
severely and more quickly than larger businesses. Consequently,
the ability of such businesses to repay their obligations to us
may deteriorate, and in some cases this deterioration may occur
quickly, which could adversely impact our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
Product
liability claims could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition or results of
operations.
Like any other distributor of food products, we face an inherent
risk of exposure to product liability claims if the products we
sell cause injury or illness. We may be subject to liability,
which could be substantial, because of actual or alleged
contamination in products sold by us, including products sold by
companies before we acquired them. We have, and the companies we
have acquired have had, liability insurance with respect to
product liability claims. This insurance may not continue to be
available at a reasonable cost or at all, and it may not be
adequate to cover product liability claims against us or against
any of the companies we have acquired. We generally seek
contractual indemnification from manufacturers, but any such
indemnification is limited, as a practical matter, to the
creditworthiness of the indemnifying party. If we or any of our
acquired companies do not have adequate insurance or contractual
indemnification available, product liability claims and costs
associated with product recalls, including a loss of business,
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
Increased fuel
costs may have a materially adverse effect on our business,
financial condition or results of operations.
Increased fuel costs may have a negative impact on our business,
financial condition or results of operations. The high cost of
diesel fuel can increase the price we pay for products as well
as the costs we incur to distribute products to our customers.
These factors, in turn, may negatively impact our net sales,
margins, operating expenses and operating results. Although we
have been able to pass along a portion of increased fuel costs
to our customers in the past, there is no guarantee we can do so
again if another period of high fuel costs occurs. In recent
months, fuel costs have increased, and remained higher than
historical levels, as a result of, among other things, political
turmoil in the Middle East and North Africa. If fuel costs
continue to increase in the future, we may experience
difficulties in passing all or a portion of these costs along to
our customers, which may have a negative impact on our business,
financial condition or results of operations.
New
information or attitudes regarding diet and health or adverse
opinions about the health effects of the specialty food products
we distribute could result in changes in consumer eating habits
which could materially and adversely affect our business,
financial condition or results of operations.
Consumer eating habits may impact our business as a result of
changes in attitudes regarding diet and health or new
information regarding the health effects of consuming the
specialty food products we distribute. If consumer eating habits
change significantly, we may be required to modify or
discontinue sales of certain items in our product portfolio, and
we may experience higher costs associated with the
implementation of those changes. Additionally, changes in
consumer eating habits may result in the enactment of laws and
regulations that impact the ingredients and nutritional content
of our specialty food products, or laws and regulations
requiring us to disclose the nutritional content of our
specialty food products. Compliance with these laws and
regulations, as well as others regarding the ingredients and
nutritional content of our specialty food products, may be
costly and time-consuming. We cannot make any assurances
regarding our ability to effectively respond to changes in
consumer health perceptions or resulting new laws or regulations
or to adapt our menu offerings to trends in eating habits.
We have
significant competition from a variety of sources, and we may
not be able to compete successfully.
The foodservice distribution industry is highly fragmented and
competitive, and our future success will be largely dependent
upon our ability to profitably meet our customers needs
for certain gourmet foods and ingredients, varying drop sizes,
high service levels and timely delivery. We compete with
numerous smaller distributors on a local level as well as with a
limited number of larger, traditional broadline foodservice
distributors. We cannot assure you that our current or potential
competitors will not provide specialty food products and
ingredients or services that are comparable or superior to those
provided by us or adapt more quickly than we do to evolving
culinary trends or changing market requirements. It is also
possible that alliances among competitors may develop and
rapidly acquire significant market share. Accordingly, we cannot
assure you that we will be able to compete effectively against
current and future competitors, and increased competition may
result in price reductions, reduced gross margins
15
and loss of market share, any of which could materially
adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of
operations.
A significant
portion of our future growth is dependent upon our ability to
expand our operations in our existing markets and to penetrate
new markets through acquisitions.
We intend to expand our presence in our existing markets by
adding to our existing customer base through the expansion of
our product portfolio and the increase in the volume
and/or
number of purchase orders from our existing customers. We cannot
assure you, however, that we will be able to continue to
successfully expand or acquire critical market presence in our
existing markets, as we may not successfully market our
specialty food products and brands or may encounter larger
and/or more
well-established competitors with substantially greater
financial resources. Moreover, competitive circumstances and
consumer characteristics in new segments of existing markets may
differ substantially from those in the segments in which we have
substantial experience. If we are unable to expand in existing
markets, our ability to increase our revenues and profitability
may be affected in a material and adverse manner.
We also regularly evaluate opportunities to acquire other
companies. To the extent our future growth includes
acquisitions, we cannot assure you that we will successfully
identify suitable acquisition candidates, consummate such
potential acquisitions, effectively and efficiently integrate
any acquired entities or successfully expand into new markets as
a result of our acquisitions. We believe that there are risks
related to acquiring companies, including overpaying for
acquisitions, losing key employees of acquired companies and
failing to achieve potential synergies. Additionally, our
business could be adversely affected if we are unable to
integrate the companies acquired in our acquisitions and mergers.
A significant portion of our past growth has been achieved
through acquisitions of, or mergers with, other distributors of
specialty food products. Our future acquisitions, such as our
recently completed acquisition of certain of the assets of Harry
Wils & Co., if any, may have a material adverse effect on
our results of operations, particularly in periods immediately
following the consummation of those transactions while the
operations of the acquired business are being integrated with
our operations. Achieving the benefits of acquisitions depends
on timely, efficient and successful execution of a number of
post-acquisition events, including successful integration of the
acquired entity. Integration requires, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
maintaining the existing customer base;
|
|
|
optimizing delivery routes;
|
|
|
coordinating administrative, distribution and finance functions;
and
|
|
|
integrating management information systems and personnel.
|
The integration process could divert the attention of
management, and any difficulties or problems encountered in the
transition process could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition or results of operations. In
particular, the integration process may temporarily redirect
resources previously focused on reducing product cost, resulting
in lower gross profits in relation to sales. In addition, the
process of combining companies could cause the interruption of,
or a loss of momentum in, the activities of the respective
businesses, which could have an adverse effect on their combined
operations.
In connection with our acquisition of businesses in the future,
if any, we may decide to consolidate the operations of any
acquired business with our existing operations, as we have done
with the operations of Harry Wils & Co., or make other
changes with respect to the acquired business, which could
result in special charges or other expenses. Our results of
operations also may be adversely affected by expenses we incur
in making acquisitions, by amortization of acquisition-related
intangible assets with definite lives and by additional
depreciation attributable to acquired assets. Any of the
businesses we acquire may also have liabilities or adverse
operating issues, including some that we fail to discover before
the acquisition, and our indemnity for such liabilities
typically has been limited and may, with respect to future
acquisitions, also be limited. Additionally, our ability to make
any future acquisitions may depend upon obtaining additional
financing or the consents of our lenders. We may not be able to
obtain this additional financing or these consents on acceptable
terms or at all. To the extent we seek to acquire other
businesses in exchange for our common stock, fluctuations in our
stock price could have a material adverse effect on our ability
to complete acquisitions.
16
We may have
difficulty managing and facilitating our future
growth.
At times since our inception, we have rapidly expanded our
operations through organic growth, acquisitions or otherwise.
This growth has placed and will continue to place significant
demands upon our administrative, operational and financial
resources. This growth, however, may not continue. To the extent
that our customer base and our distribution networks continue to
grow, this future growth may be limited by our inability to
acquire new distribution facilities or expand our existing
distribution facilities, make acquisitions, successfully
integrate acquired entities, implement information systems
initiatives or adequately manage our personnel.
Further, our future growth may be limited in part by the size
and location of our distribution centers. As we near maximum
utilization of a given facility, our operations may be
constrained and inefficiencies may be created, which could
adversely affect our results of operations unless the facility
is expanded, volume is shifted to another facility or additional
processing capacity is added. Conversely, as we add additional
facilities or expand existing operations or facilities, excess
capacity may be created. Any excess capacity may also create
inefficiencies and adversely affect our results of operations.
We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully expand
our existing distribution facilities or open new distribution
facilities in new or existing markets as needed to facilitate
growth.
Even if we are able to expand our distribution network, our
ability to compete effectively and to manage future growth, if
any, will depend on our ability to continue to implement and
improve operational, financial and management information
systems on a timely basis and to expand, train, motivate and
manage our employees. We cannot assure you that our existing
personnel, systems, procedures and controls will be adequate to
support the future growth of our operations. Accordingly, our
inability to manage our growth effectively could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results
of operations.
Our
substantial indebtedness may limit our ability to invest in the
ongoing needs of our business.
We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. On an as adjusted
basis after giving effect to this offering and the use of the
offering proceeds as described under Use of
Proceeds, as well as our entry into our new senior secured
credit facilities, as of March 25, 2011, we would have had
approximately $ million of total indebtedness.
In particular, we expect to have approximately
$ million and $ million of
outstanding indebtedness under our new senior secured term loan
facility and new senior secured revolving credit facility,
respectively, following the consummation of this offering. See
Use of Proceeds and Description of Our
Indebtedness.
Our current indebtedness and expected future indebtedness
following the consummation of this offering could have important
consequences to you. For example, our current indebtedness:
|
|
|
|
|
requires us to utilize a substantial portion of our cash flows
from operations to make payments on our indebtedness, reducing
the availability of our cash flows to fund working capital,
capital expenditures, development activity and other general
corporate purposes;
|
|
|
increases our vulnerability to adverse general economic or
industry conditions;
|
|
|
limits our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes
in our business or the industries in which we operate;
|
|
|
makes us more vulnerable to increases in interest rates, as
borrowings under our new senior secured revolving credit
facility are expected to be at variable rates;
|
|
|
limits our ability to obtain additional financing in the future
for working capital or other purposes, including to finance
acquisitions; and
|
|
|
places us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our
competitors that have less indebtedness.
|
We expect that the terms of our new senior secured credit
facilities that we intend to enter into simultaneously with the
consummation of this offering will have many of the same
consequences on us and our stockholders. If, following the
consummation of this offering, our earnings are insufficient, we
will need to raise additional capital to pay our indebtedness as
it comes due. If we are unable to obtain funds necessary to make
required payments or if we fail to comply with the various
requirements of our new senior secured credit facilities we
would be in default, which would permit the holders of our
indebtedness to accelerate the maturity of the indebtedness and
could cause defaults under any indebtedness we may incur in the
future. Any default under our indebtedness would have a material
adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial
condition. If we are unable to refinance or repay our
indebtedness as it becomes due, we may become insolvent and be
unable to continue operations.
17
Although the agreements governing our new senior secured credit
facilities will contain restrictions on the incurrence of
additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a
number of qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness
incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be
substantial. Also, these restrictions do not prevent us from
incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness.
The agreements governing our new senior secured credit
facilities we expect to enter into in conjunction with the
consummation of this offering are expected to require us to
maintain fixed charge coverage ratios and leverage ratios which
become more restrictive over time. Our ability to comply with
these ratios in the future may be affected by events beyond our
control, and our inability to comply with the required financial
ratios could result in a default under our new senior secured
credit facilities. In the event of any default, the lenders
under our new senior secured credit facilities could elect to
terminate lending commitments and declare all borrowings
outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and other
fees, to be immediately due and payable.
See Description of Our Indebtedness,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and
Capital Resources.
We may be
unable to obtain debt or other financing on favorable terms or
at all.
There are inherent risks in our ability to borrow debt capital.
Our lenders, including the lenders participating in our new
senior secured credit facilities, may have suffered losses
related to their lending and other financial relationships,
especially because of the general weakening of the national
economy over the past three years, increased financial
instability of many borrowers and the declining value of their
assets. As a result, lenders may become insolvent or tighten
their lending standards, which could make it more difficult for
us to borrow under our new senior secured revolving credit
facility or term loan facility, refinance our existing
indebtedness or obtain other financing on favorable terms or at
all. Our access to funds under our new senior secured credit
facilities is dependent upon the ability of our lenders to meet
their funding commitments. Our financial condition and results
of operations would be adversely affected in a material manner
if we were unable to draw funds under our new senior secured
revolving credit facility because of a lender default or if we
had to obtain other cost-effective financing.
Longer term disruptions in the capital and credit markets as a
result of uncertainty, changing or increased regulation, reduced
alternatives or failures of significant financial institutions
could adversely affect our access to liquidity needed for our
business. Any disruption could require us to take measures to
conserve cash until the markets stabilize or until alternative
credit arrangements or other funding for our business can be
arranged. Such measures could include deferring capital
expenditures (including our entry into new markets, including
through acquisitions) and reducing or eliminating other
discretionary uses of cash.
Information
technology system failures or breaches of our network security
could interrupt our operations and adversely affect our
business.
We rely upon our computer systems and network infrastructure
across our operations. Our operations depend upon our ability to
protect our computer equipment and systems against damage from
physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or
other catastrophic events, as well as from internal and external
security breaches, viruses, worms and other disruptive problems.
Any damage or failure of our computer systems or network
infrastructure that causes an interruption in our operations
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations. Although we employ both
internal resources and external consultants to conduct auditing
and testing for weaknesses in our systems, controls, firewalls
and encryption and intend to maintain and upgrade our security
technology and operational procedures to prevent such damage,
breaches or other disruptive problems, there can be no assurance
that these security measures will be successful.
Our recent
investments in information technology may not produce the
benefits that we anticipate.
In an attempt to reduce our operating expenses, increase our
operational efficiencies and boost our gross margins, we have
aggressively invested in the development and implementation of
new information technology. We may not be able to implement
these technological changes in the time frame we have planned,
and any delays in implementation could negatively impact our
business, financial condition or results of operations. In
addition, the costs to make these changes may exceed our
estimates and will likely exceed any benefits that we realize
during the early stages of implementation. Even if we are able
to implement the changes as planned, and within our cost
estimates, we may not be able achieve the expected efficiencies
and cost savings from this investment which could have an
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results
of operations.
18
We may not be
able to adequately protect our intellectual property, which, in
turn, could harm the value of our brands and adversely affect
our business.
Our ability to implement our business plan successfully depends
in part upon our ability to further build brand recognition,
including for our proprietary products, using our trademarks,
service marks and other proprietary intellectual property,
including our names and logos. We have registered or applied to
register a number of our trademarks. We cannot assure you that
our trademark applications will be approved. Third parties may
also oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge
our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are
successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our goods
and services, which could result in loss of brand recognition
and could require us to devote resources to advertising and
marketing new brands. If our efforts to register, maintain and
protect our intellectual property are inadequate, or if any
third party misappropriates, dilutes or infringes upon our
intellectual property, the value of our brands may be harmed,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition or results of operations and might prevent
our brands from achieving or maintaining market acceptance.
We may also face the risk of claims that we have infringed third
parties intellectual property rights. If third parties
claim that we have infringed or are infringing upon their
intellectual property rights, our operating profits could be
affected in a materially adverse manner. Any claims of
intellectual property infringement, even those without merit,
could be expensive and time consuming to defend, require us to
rebrand our services, if feasible, divert managements
attention and resources or require us to enter into royalty or
licensing agreements in order to obtain the right to use a third
partys intellectual property. Any royalty or licensing
agreements, if required, may not be available to us on
acceptable terms or at all. A successful claim of infringement
against us could result in our being required to pay significant
damages, enter into costly license or royalty agreements, or
stop the sale of certain products or services, any of which
could have a negative impact on our business, financial
condition or results of operations and could harm our future
prospects.
Our business
operations and future development could be significantly
disrupted if we lose key members of our management
team.
The success of our business significantly depends upon the
continued contributions of our founders and key employees, both
individually and as a group. Our future performance will
substantially depend upon our ability to motivate and retain
Christopher Pappas, our chairman, president and chief executive
officer, John Pappas, our vice chairman, James Wagner, our chief
operating officer and Kenneth Clark, our chief financial
officer, as well as certain other senior key employees. The loss
of the services of any of our founders or key employees could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations. We have no reason to believe
that we will lose the services of any of these individuals in
the foreseeable future; however, we currently have no effective
replacement for any of these individuals due to their
experience, reputation in the foodservice distribution industry
and special role in our operations.
Our insurance
policies may not provide adequate levels of coverage against all
claims, and fluctuating insurance requirements and costs could
negatively impact our profitability.
We believe that our insurance coverage is customary for
businesses of our size and type. However, there are types of
losses we may incur that cannot be insured against or that we
believe are not commercially reasonable to insure. These losses,
should they occur, could have a material and adverse effect on
our business, financial condition or results of operations. In
addition, the cost of workers compensation insurance,
general liability insurance and directors and officers
liability insurance fluctuates based upon our historical trends,
market conditions and availability. Because our operations
principally are centered in large, metropolitan areas, our
insurance costs are higher than if our operations and facilities
were based in more rural markets. Additionally, health insurance
costs in general have risen significantly over the past few
years and are expected to continue to increase in 2011. These
increases, as well as recently-enacted federal legislation
requiring employers to provide specified levels of health
insurance to all employees, could have a negative impact upon
our business, financial condition or results of operations, and
there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully
offset the effect of such increases with plan modifications and
cost control measures, additional operating efficiencies or the
pass-through of such increased costs to our customers.
Increases in
our labor costs, including as a result of labor shortages, the
price or unavailability of insurance and changes in government
regulation, could slow our growth or harm our
business.
We are subject to a wide range of labor costs. Because our labor
costs are, as a percentage of revenues, higher than other
industries, we may be significantly harmed by labor cost
increases.
19
Our operations are highly dependent upon our experienced and
sophisticated sales professionals. Qualified individuals have
historically been in short supply and an inability to attract
and retain them may limit our ability to expand our operations
in existing markets as well as to penetrate new markets. We can
make no assurances that we will be able to attract and retain
qualified individuals in the future. Additionally, the cost of
attracting and retaining qualified individuals may be higher
than we currently anticipate, and as a result, our profitability
could decline. We are subject to the risk of employment-related
litigation at both the state and federal levels, including
claims styled as class action lawsuits, which are more costly to
defend. Also, some employment-related claims in the area of wage
and hour disputes are not insurable risks.
Despite our efforts to control costs while still providing
competitive health care benefits to our staff members,
significant increases in health care costs continue to occur,
and we can provide no assurance that our cost containment
efforts in this area will be effective. Further, we are
continuing to assess the impact of recently-adopted federal
health care legislation on our health care benefit costs, and
significant increases in such costs could adversely impact our
operating results. There is no assurance that we will be able to
pass through the costs of such legislation in a manner that will
not adversely impact our operating results.
In addition, many of our delivery and warehouse personnel are
hourly workers subject to various minimum wage requirements.
Mandated increases in minimum wage levels have recently been and
continue to be proposed and implemented at both federal and
state government levels. Minimum wage increases may increase our
labor costs or effective tax rate.
We are also subject to the regulations of the
U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services and
U.S. Customs and Immigration Enforcement. Our failure to
comply with federal and state labor laws and regulations, or our
employees failure to meet federal citizenship or residency
requirements, could result in a disruption in our work force,
sanctions or fines against us and adverse publicity.
Further, potential changes in labor legislation, including the
Employee Free Choice Act, or EFCA, could result in portions of
our workforce, such as our delivery personnel, being subjected
to greater organized labor influence. The EFCA could impact the
nature of labor relations in the United States and how union
elections and contract negotiations are conducted. The EFCA aims
to facilitate unionization, and employers of unionized employees
may face mandatory, binding arbitration of labor scheduling,
costs and standards, which could increase the costs of doing
business. Although we do not currently have any unionized
employees, EFCA or similar labor legislation could have an
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results
of operations by imposing requirements that could potentially
increase costs and reduce our operating flexibility.
We are subject
to significant governmental regulation.
Our business is highly regulated at the federal, state and local
levels, and our specialty food products and distribution
operations require various licenses, permits and approvals. For
example:
|
|
|
|
|
the products we distribute in the United States are subject to
regulation and inspection by the U.S. Food and Drug
Administration, or FDA, and the U.S. Department of
Agriculture, or USDA;
|
|
|
our warehouse, distribution facilities and operations also are
subject to regulation and inspection by the FDA, the USDA and
state health authorities; and
|
|
|
our U.S. trucking operations are regulated by the
U.S. Department of Transportation and the U.S. Federal
Highway Administration.
|
Our suppliers are also subject to similar regulatory
requirements and oversight. The failure to comply with
applicable regulatory requirements could result in civil or
criminal fines or penalties, product recalls, closure of
facilities or operations, the loss or revocation of any existing
licenses, permits or approvals or the failure to obtain
additional licenses, permits or approvals in new jurisdictions
where we intend to do business, any of which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or
results of operations.
In addition, as a distributor of specialty food products, we are
subject to increasing governmental scrutiny of and public
awareness regarding food safety and the sale, packaging and
marketing of natural and organic products. Compliance with these
laws may impose a significant burden upon our operations. If we
were to distribute foods that are or are perceived to be
contaminated, or otherwise not in compliance with applicable
laws, any resulting product recalls could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results
of operations. In
20
January 2011, President Obama signed into law the FDA Food
Safety Modernization Act, which greatly expands the FDAs
authority over food safety, including giving the FDA power to
order the recall of unsafe foods, increase inspections at food
processing facilities, issue regulations regarding the sanitary
transportation of food, enhance tracking and tracing
requirements and order the detention of food that it has
reason to believe is adulterated or misbranded,
among other provisions. If funding for this legislation is
appropriated, we cannot assure you that it will not impact our
industry, including suppliers of the products we sell, many of
whom are small-scale producers who may be unable or unwilling to
bear the expected increases in costs of compliance and as a
result cease operations or seek to pass along these costs to us.
Additionally, concern over climate change, including the impact
of global warming, has led to significant U.S. and
international legislative and regulatory efforts to limit
greenhouse gas, or GHG, emissions. Increased regulation
regarding GHG emissions, especially diesel engine emissions,
could impose substantial costs upon us. These costs include an
increase in the cost of the fuel and other energy we purchase
and capital costs associated with updating or replacing our
vehicles prematurely.
Until the timing, scope and extent of such regulation becomes
known, we cannot predict its effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations. It is reasonably possible,
however, that such regulation could impose material costs on us
which we may be unable to pass on to our customers.
We will incur
increased costs and obligations as a result of being a public
company.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal,
accounting, insurance and other expenses that we have not
incurred as a private company, including costs associated with
public company reporting requirements. We also will incur costs
associated with complying with the requirements of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related rules implemented by the
SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market. The expenses incurred by public
companies generally for reporting and corporate governance
purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and
regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs
and to make certain activities more time-consuming and costly,
although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with
any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations could also
make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types
of insurance, including director and officer liability
insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits
and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the
same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also
make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified
persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees
or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to
satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject
to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other
regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.
Compliance
with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will
require our management to devote substantial time to new
compliance initiatives, and if our independent registered public
accounting firm is unable to provide an unqualified attestation
report on our internal controls, our stock price could be
adversely affected.
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
or Section 404, we will be required to furnish a report by
our management on, and by our independent registered public
accounting firm attesting to, the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting. We have not been subject to
these requirements in the past. The internal control report must
contain (i) a statement of managements responsibility
for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting, (ii) a statement identifying the
framework used by management to conduct the required evaluation
of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting, (iii) managements assessment of the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
as of the end of our most recent fiscal year, including a
statement as to whether or not internal control over financial
reporting is effective, and (iv) a statement that our
independent registered public accounting firm has issued an
attestation report on internal control over financial reporting.
To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the
prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document
and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting,
which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will
need to continue to dedicate internal resources, hire additional
employees for our finance and audit functions, engage outside
consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to (i) assess
and document the adequacy of internal control over financial
reporting, (ii) continue steps to improve control processes
where appropriate, (iii) validate through testing that
controls are functioning as documented, and (iv) implement
a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal
control over financial reporting. In addition, in connection
with the attestation process by our independent registered
public accounting firm, we may encounter problems or delays in
completing the implementation of any required improvements and
receiving a favorable attestation. If we cannot favorably
21
assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial
reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting
firm is unable to provide an unqualified attestation report on
our internal controls, investors could lose confidence in our
financial information and our stock price could decline.
Federal, state
and local tax rules may adversely impact our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
We are subject to federal, state and local taxes in the United
States. Although we believe that our tax estimates are
reasonable, if the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, or any
other taxing authority disagrees with the positions we have
taken on our tax returns, we could face additional tax
liability, including interest and penalties. If material,
payment of such additional amounts upon final adjudication of
any disputes could have a material impact upon our business,
financial condition or results of operations. In addition,
complying with new tax rules, laws or regulations could impact
our business, financial condition or results of operations, and
increases to federal or state statutory tax rates and other
changes in tax laws, rules or regulations may increase our
effective tax rate. Any increase in our effective tax rate could
have a material impact on our business, financial condition or
results of operations.
Risks Relating to
this Offering
The price of
our common stock may be volatile and you could lose all or part
of your investment.
Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent
you from being able to sell your shares at or above the price
you paid for your shares in this offering. The market price of
our common stock could fluctuate significantly for various
reasons, which include, but are not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in
the foodservice distribution industry;
|
|
|
changes in laws or regulations, or new interpretations or
applications of laws and regulations, that are applicable to our
business;
|
|
|
the publics reaction to our press releases, our other
public announcements and our filings with the SEC;
|
|
|
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance,
interpretations or principles;
|
|
|
additions or departures of our founders or other key employees;
|
|
|
sales of common stock by our directors, founders or other key
employees;
|
|
|
adverse market reaction to any indebtedness that we may incur or
securities that we may issue in the future;
|
|
|
actions by our stockholders;
|
|
|
the level and quality of research analyst coverage of our common
stock, changes in financial estimates or investment
recommendations by securities analysts following our business or
any failure to meet such estimates;
|
|
|
the financial disclosure we may provide to the public, any
changes in such disclosure or our failure to meet such
disclosure;
|
|
|
various market factors or perceived market factors, including
rumors, whether or not correct, involving us, our suppliers or
our customers;
|
|
|
introductions of new offerings or new pricing policies by us or
by our competitors;
|
|
|
acquisitions or strategic alliances by us or our competitors;
|
|
|
short sales, hedging and other derivative transactions involving
shares of our common stock;
|
|
|
the operating and stock price performance of other companies in
the foodservice distribution industry; and
|
|
|
other events or factors, including changes in general conditions
in the United States and global economies or financial markets
(including those resulting from Acts of God, war, incidents of
terrorism or responses to such events).
|
In addition, in recent years, the stock market has experienced
extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a
significant impact on the market price of securities issued by
many companies, including companies in the foodservice
distribution industry. The price of our common stock could
fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do
with our company, and these fluctuations could materially reduce
our stock price.
Historically, following periods of significant market volatility
in the price of a companys securities, security holders
have often instituted class action litigation. If the market
value of our common stock experiences adverse
22
fluctuations and we become involved in this type of litigation,
regardless of the outcome, we could incur substantial legal
costs and our managements attention could be diverted from
the operation of our business, causing our business to suffer.
Upon the
completion of this offering, the concentration of our capital
stock ownership with our founders and other executive officers
will likely limit an investors ability to influence
corporate matters.
Upon completion of this offering and the reorganization
transactions, our founders and executive officers will own
approximately % of our outstanding common stock or
approximately % if the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment option in full. See Certain Relationships
and Related-Party Transactions Reorganization
Transaction. As a result, these stockholders, acting
individually or together, can exercise significant influence
over our business policies and affairs, including the power to
nominate a majority of the members of our board of directors.
Because of such power and because our board of directors is
responsible for appointing the members of our senior management
team, our founders and key employees could affect any attempt by
our stockholders to replace current members of our management
team. In addition, our founders and key employees can control
any action requiring the general approval of our stockholders,
including the adoption of amendments to our certificate of
incorporation and bylaws and the approval of mergers or sales of
substantially all of our assets. It is possible that the
interests of certain of our founders and other key employees
may, in certain circumstances, conflict with our interests, the
interests of our other founders, key employees or minority
stockholders, including you. For example, the concentration of
ownership and voting power of our founders and key employees may
delay, defer or even prevent an acquisition by a third party or
other change of control involving us and may make some
transactions more difficult or impossible without their support,
even if such events are in the best interests of our minority
stockholders. As a result, our founders and key employees could
pursue transactions that may not be in our best interests which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
We expect that upon our conversion to a corporation, we will opt
out of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware, or the DGCL, which prohibits a publicly-held
Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination
transaction with an interested stockholder for a period of three
years after the interested stockholder became such unless the
transaction fits within an applicable exemption, such as
approval of the business combination by our board of directors
or the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming
an interested stockholder. Therefore, after the
180-day
lock-up
period expires, our founders and key employees will be able to
transfer control of us to a third party by transferring their
common stock, which would not require the approval of our board
of directors or our minority stockholders.
For additional information regarding the share ownership of, and
our relationship with, our founders and key employees, see
Principal and Selling Stockholders and Certain
Relationships and Related-Party Transactions.
If our
founders decide to act as a group under the federal
securities laws, this group would own in excess of 50% of our
outstanding common stock and as a result we would qualify for
the controlled company exemptions offered by The NASDAQ
Marketplace Rules.
Our founders collectively hold approximately 100% of our
Class B units, and upon consummation of this offering we
expect that they will hold
approximately % of our outstanding
common stock (assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their
right to purchase up to an
additional shares from the selling
stockholders to cover over-allotments). Our founders are not a
party to any agreement among themselves as to how to vote their
shares, and we do not anticipate that they will enter into such
an agreement or file a Schedule 13D with the SEC in which
they indicate they will act as a group. Because none of our
founders individually owns more than 50% of our outstanding
common stock and no group has been formed that owns in excess of
50% of our outstanding common stock, we do not expect that we
will qualify as a controlled company under The
NASDAQ Marketplace Rules. While we have no indication that our
founders intend to file a Schedule 13D or act as a group
with respect to us, their intentions may change in the future,
and we could subsequently qualify as a controlled
company under The NASDAQ Marketplace Rules and be entitled
to exemptions from certain of The NASDAQ Stock Markets
corporate governance requirements. In such event, if our
stockholders interests differed from those of our
founders, our stockholders would not be afforded the protections
of certain of The NASDAQ Stock Markets corporate
governance requirements which are generally intended to increase
the likelihood that boards of directors will make decisions in
the best interests of stockholders. Specifically, if we qualify
as a controlled company in the future, we would not
be required to have a majority of our directors be independent
or to have compensation or nominating and corporate governance
committees comprised solely of independent directors.
23
There is no
existing market for our common stock, and we do not know if one
will develop to provide you with adequate
liquidity.
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for
our common stock. An active market for our common stock may not
develop following the completion of this offering or, if it does
develop, may not be maintained. If an active trading market does
not develop, you may have difficulty selling any shares of our
common stock that you buy. The initial public offering price for
the shares of our common stock was determined by negotiations
between us, the selling stockholders and the representatives of
the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will
prevail in the open market following the completion of this
offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell shares of
our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price
you paid in this offering.
Future sales
of our common stock, including shares purchased in this
offering, in the public market could lower our stock
price.
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public
market following this offering by our existing stockholders may
adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Such
sales could also create public perception of difficulties or
problems with our business. These sales might also make it more
difficult for us to sell securities in the future at a time and
price we deem appropriate.
Upon the completion of this offering and after giving effect to
the consummation of the reorganization transaction, we will have
outstanding
approximately shares
of common stock, of which:
|
|
|
|
|
shares will be shares that we and the selling stockholders are
selling in this offering and, unless purchased by affiliates,
may be resold in the public market without restriction
immediately after this offering; and
|
|
|
shares will be restricted securities, as defined in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and eligible for sale in
the public market pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144,
all of which are subject to
lock-up
agreements and will become available for resale in the public
market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
|
With limited exceptions, as described under the caption
Underwriting, these
lock-up
agreements prohibit a stockholder from selling, contracting to
sell or otherwise disposing of any common stock or securities
that are convertible or exchangeable for common stock or
entering into any arrangement that transfers the economic
consequences of ownership of our common stock for at least
180 days from the date of this prospectus, although the
lead underwriter may, in its sole discretion and at any time
without notice, release all or any portion of the securities
subject to these
lock-up
agreements. The lead underwriter has advised us that it has no
present intent or arrangement to release any shares subject to a
lock-up and
will consider the release of any
lock-up on a
case-by-case
basis. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a
lock-up, the
lead underwriter would consider the particular circumstances
surrounding the request including, but not limited to, the
length of time before the
lock-up
expires, the number of shares requested to be released, reasons
for the request, the possible impact on the market for our
common stock and whether the holder of our shares requesting the
release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours. As a
result of these
lock-up
agreements, notwithstanding earlier eligibility for sale under
the provisions of Rule 144, none of these shares may be
sold until at least 180 days after the date of this
prospectus. As restrictions on resale end, our stock price could
drop significantly if the holders of these restricted shares
sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell
them. These sales might also make it more difficult for us to
sell securities in the future at a time and at a price that we
deem appropriate.
If you
purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will
experience immediate and significant dilution in the net
tangible book value per share.
The initial public offering price per share is substantially
higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share
immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a
price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our
assets after subtracting our liabilities. Assuming an offering
price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the
price range indicated on the cover page of this prospectus, you
will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of
$ per share. See Dilution. Any future
equity issuances, including in connection with our establishing
broad-based equity incentive plans for our employees, will
result in even further dilution to holders of our common stock.
If securities
analysts or industry analysts downgrade our stock, publish
negative research or reports or do not publish reports about our
business, our stock price and trading volume could
decline.
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by
the research and reports that industry or securities analysts
publish about us, our business and our industry. If one or more
analysts adversely change their
24
recommendation regarding our stock or our competitors
stock, our stock price may likely decline. If one or more
analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish
reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial
markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading
volume to decline.
Since we do
not expect to pay any dividends for the foreseeable future,
investors in this offering may be forced to sell their stock in
order to realize a return on their investment.
We have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock.
We do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends to holders
of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any payment of
cash dividends will be at the discretion of our board of
directors and will depend upon our financial condition, capital
requirements, legal requirements and earnings, among other
factors. We anticipate that our ability to pay dividends will be
restricted by the terms of our new senior secured credit
facilities and might be restricted by the terms of any
additional indebtedness we incur in the future. Consequently,
you should not rely upon dividends in order to receive a return
on your investment. See Dividend Policy.
Our issuance
of preferred stock could adversely affect holders of our common
stock and discourage a takeover.
Following the consummation of this offering and the
reorganization transaction, our board of directors will be
authorized to issue up to shares of
preferred stock without any action on the part of our
stockholders. Our board of directors also has the power, without
stockholder approval, to set the terms of any series of
preferred stock that may be issued, including voting rights,
dividend rights, preferences over our common stock with respect
to dividends or in the event of a dissolution, liquidation or
winding up and other terms. In the event that we issue preferred
stock in the future that has preference over our common stock
with respect to payment of dividends or upon our liquidation,
dissolution or winding up, or if we issue preferred stock with
voting rights that dilute the voting power of our common stock,
the rights of the holders of our common stock or the market
price of our common stock could be adversely affected. In
addition, the ability of our board of directors to issue shares
of preferred stock without any action on the part of our
stockholder may impede a takeover of us and prevent a
transaction favorable to our stockholders.
Our ability to
raise capital in the future may be limited.
Our business and operations may consume resources faster than we
currently anticipate. In the future, we may need to raise
additional funds through the issuance of new equity securities,
debt or a combination of both. Additional financing may not be
available on favorable terms or at all. If adequate funds are
not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund our
capital requirements. If we issue new debt securities, the debt
holders would have rights senior to our common stockholders to
make claims on our assets, and the terms of any debt could
restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends
on our common stock. If we issue additional equity securities,
existing stockholders will experience dilution, and the new
equity securities could have rights senior to those of our
common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any
future offering will depend upon market conditions and other
factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the
amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, our
stockholders bear the risk of our future securities offerings
reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their
interest.
Some
provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have
anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us
by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our
stockholders, and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to
replace or remove our current management.
Provisions in the certificate of incorporation and bylaws that
will become effective following the completion of our
reorganization transaction, as well as provisions of the
Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, could make it more
difficult for a third party to acquire us or increase the cost
of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our
stockholders, including transactions in which stockholders might
otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions
include:
|
|
|
|
|
authorizing the issuance of blank check preferred
stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which
may be issued without stockholder approval;
|
|
|
prohibiting stockholder action by written consent, thereby
requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of
our stockholders;
|
|
|
eliminating the ability of stockholders to call a special
meeting of stockholders; and
|
|
|
establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for
election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that
can be acted upon at stockholder meetings.
|
25
CAUTIONARY
STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements provide our current expectations or
forecasts of future events and are not statements of historical
fact. These forward-looking statements include information about
possible or assumed future events, including, among other
things, discussion and analysis of our future financial
condition, results of operations, our strategic plans and
objectives, cost management, liquidity and ability to refinance
our indebtedness as it matures, anticipated capital expenditures
(and access to capital) required to complete projects, amounts
of cash distributions to our stockholders in the future, if any,
and other matters. Words such as anticipates,
expects, intends, plans,
believes, seeks, estimates
and variations of these words and similar expressions are
intended to identify forward-looking statements. These
statements are not guarantees of future performance and are
subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which
are beyond our control, are difficult to predict
and/or could
cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed
or forecasted in the forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements involve inherent uncertainty and may
ultimately prove to be incorrect or false. You are cautioned not
to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Except as
otherwise may be required by law, we undertake no obligation to
update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect changed
assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or actual
operating results. Our actual results could differ materially
from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a
result of various factors, including, but not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
our sensitivity to general economic conditions, including the
current economic environment, changes in disposable income
levels and consumer discretionary spending on
food-away-from-home purchases;
|
|
|
our vulnerability to economic and other developments in the
geographic markets in which we operate;
|
|
|
risks of supply chain interruptions due to lack of long-term
contracts, severe weather or more prolonged climate change, work
stoppages or otherwise;
|
|
|
changes in the availability or cost of our specialty food
products;
|
|
|
our ability to effectively price our specialty food products and
reduce our expenses;
|
|
|
the relatively low margins of the foodservice distribution
industry and our sensitivity to inflationary pressures;
|
|
|
the ability of group purchasing organizations to attract our
independent restaurant customers and the resulting negative
effect on our profit margins;
|
|
|
damage to our reputation or lack of acceptance of our brands;
|
|
|
changes in attitudes or negative publicity regarding food safety
and health concerns;
|
|
|
our ability to successfully identify, obtain financing for and
complete acquisitions of other foodservice distributors and to
realize expected synergies from those acquisitions;
|
|
|
labor shortages or increased labor costs;
|
|
|
changes in attitudes or negative publicity regarding food safety
and health concerns;
|
|
|
sales and expense trends;
|
|
|
our expectation regarding the provision for losses on accounts
receivable;
|
|
|
increased fuel costs and expectations regarding the use of fuel
surcharges;
|
|
|
the loss of key members of our management team and our ability
to replace such personnel;
|
|
|
strain on our infrastructure and resources caused by our growth;
|
|
|
the concentration of ownership among our existing executives,
directors and principal stockholders, which may prevent new
investors from influencing significant corporate decisions;
|
|
|
the impact of litigation;
|
|
|
our inability to obtain
and/or
maintain adequate levels of insurance coverage;
|
|
|
the impact of our substantial indebtedness;
|
|
|
our ability to raise capital in the future;
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
future asset impairment charges;
|
|
|
inadequate protection of our intellectual property;
|
|
|
our ability to raise capital in the future;
|
|
|
the failure or breach of our information technology systems;
|
|
|
increased costs and obligations as a result of our being a
public company;
|
|
|
the impact of federal, state and local tax rules; and
|
|
|
other factors included under the captions Risk
Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and
Our Business.
|
This list of risks and uncertainties, however, is only a summary
of some of the most important factors and is not intended to be
exhaustive. You should carefully review the risks that are set
forth under the caption Risk Factors included
elsewhere in this prospectus. New factors that are not currently
known to us or that we are currently unaware of may also emerge
from time to time that could materially and adversely affect us.
27
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will
be approximately $ million,
assuming an initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the midpoint
of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and
after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1 increase
or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share would increase or
decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us by approximately
$ million, assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us.
The selling stockholders will receive
$ million in proceeds from
their sale
of shares
of common stock in this offering, or approximately
$ million if the underwriters
exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of
common stock from the selling stockholders to cover
over-allotments. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale
of shares by the selling stockholders. See Principal and
Selling Stockholders and Underwriting.
Our existing senior secured credit facilities, which we entered
into in 2010, provide for (i) a $75.0 million term
loan facility and (ii) a revolving credit facility under
which we may borrow up to $25.0 million. We used a portion
of the borrowings under these facilities, together with all of
the borrowings under our senior subordinated notes due 2014, to
redeem, in October 2010, all of our outstanding Class A
units and for general corporate purposes. In connection with the
redemption of our Class A units, we paid our Class A unitholders
approximately $45.8 million, plus a dividend of
approximately $22.4 million. In connection with this
offering, we intend to enter into our new senior secured credit
facilities, consisting of a $30.0 million new term loan
facility and $50.0 million revolving credit facility. See
Description of Our Indebtedness. We intend to use
the net proceeds of this offering, together with borrowings
under our new senior secured credit facilities, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
To redeem or repurchase all of our outstanding senior
subordinated notes due 2014 and any accrued but unpaid interest
thereon and other related fees, including the call premium of
approximately $0.8 million associated with such redemption
or repurchase. Interest on our senior subordinated notes accrues
at a rate of 20% semi-annually in arrears. As of March 25,
2011, approximately $16.3 million in aggregate principal
amount of our senior subordinated notes were outstanding. Since
October 2010, we have elected to capitalize accrued but unpaid
interest on our senior subordinated notes. As of March 25,
2011, we had $1.3 million of capitalized and unpaid
interest.
|
|
|
To repay all of our loans outstanding under our existing senior
secured credit facilities and any accrued but unpaid interest
thereon and other related fees. As of March 25, 2011, our
existing senior secured term loan facility had an outstanding
balance of approximately $72.5 million and matures on
April 23, 2014. The weighted-average interest rate of our
outstanding indebtedness under our existing senior secured term
loan facility was 11% for both the year ended December 24,
2010 and the three months ended March 25, 2011. An
affiliate of Jefferies & Company, Inc. is a lender
under our existing term loan facility and one of the holders of
our senior subordinated notes and will receive more than 5% of
the proceeds from this offering (after taking into account
underwriters discounts and commissions and offering
expenses payable by us). See Underwriting
Affiliations and Conflicts of Interest. As of
March 25, 2011, our existing senior secured revolving
credit facility had an outstanding balance of approximately
$9.7 million and matures on October 22, 2013. The
weighted-average interest rate of our outstanding indebtedness
under our existing senior secured revolving credit facility was
approximately 3.4% for the year ended December 24, 2010 and
3.8% for the three months ended March 25, 2011.
|
For a more detailed description of our new senior secured credit
facilities, see the information under the caption
Description of Our Indebtedness New Senior
Secured Credit Facilities.
28
DIVIDEND
POLICY
We currently do not intend to pay any dividends on our common
stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund
the operation, development and expansion of our business. Any
future determinations relating to our dividend policies will be
made in the sole and absolute discretion of our board of
directors and will depend upon then existing conditions,
including our financial condition, results of operations,
contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business
prospects and other factors that our board of directors may deem
relevant. In addition, we anticipate that our ability to declare
and pay dividends will be restricted by covenants in our new
senior secured credit facilities and may be further restricted
by the terms of any of our future indebtedness. See
Description of Our Indebtedness New Senior
Secured Credit Facilities and Risk
Factors Our substantial indebtedness may limit our
ability to invest in the ongoing needs of our business.
29
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March
25, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis; and
|
|
|
on an as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) the sale
of shares
of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share,
which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts
and commissions and estimated fees and expenses payable by us,
(ii) the reorganization transactions, as described under
the caption Certain Relationships and Related-Party
Transactions Reorganization Transaction,
(iii) the new senior secured credit facilities, and
(iv) the application of the net proceeds of this offering
and borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities as
described under the caption Use of Proceeds.
|
You should read this information in conjunction with the
information under the captions Certain Relationships and
Related-Party Transactions Reorganization
Transaction, Use of Proceeds, Selected
Consolidated Financial Data, Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, Description of Our Indebtedness
and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes
thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AS OF MARCH 25, 2011
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
ACTUAL
|
|
|
AS ADJUSTED
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
856
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing senior secured revolving credit
facility (1)
|
|
|
9,701
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing senior secured term loan
facility (2)
|
|
|
70,555
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
Senior subordinated notes due
2014 (4)
|
|
|
16,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note payable
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
|
New senior secured revolving credit
facility (5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New senior secured term loan
facility (5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
96,588
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total members/stockholders
(deficit)/equity (6)
|
|
|
(47,792
|
)
|
|
|
|
(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
capitalization (6)
|
|
$
|
48,796
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Our existing senior secured
revolving credit facility provides for borrowings of up to
$25.0 million, of which $15.3 million was available as
of March 25, 2011 for working capital and general corporate
purposes.
At ,
2011, we had borrowed $ under this
revolving credit facility, including the approximately
$8.9 million we borrowed to finance our acquisition on
June 24, 2011 of certain of the assets of Harry Wils &
Co.
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|
We had $72.5 million in term
loans outstanding under our existing senior secured term loan
facility as of March 25, 2011. Between October 22,
2010 and March 25, 2011, we repaid approximately
$2.5 million of the outstanding balance of our existing
senior secured term loan facility.
|
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Net of original issue discount of
$1.9 million. On June 24, 2011, we made a $1.3 million
payment to reduce the principal balance of our existing senior
secured term loan facility.
|
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Reflects our balance sheet
liability related to our senior subordinated notes due 2014
calculated in accordance with GAAP. Interest on our senior
subordinated notes accrues at a rate of 20% semi-annually in
arrears. Since October 2010, we have elected to capitalize
accrued but unpaid interest on the senior subordinated notes as
permitted under the related note purchase agreement. As of
March 25, 2011, total unpaid interest included in the
balance of the senior subordinated notes since the issuance of
the senior subordinated notes amounted to $1.3 million.
|
(5) |
|
We expect that our new senior
credit facilities will provide for (i) a $30.0 million
senior secured term loan facility, maturing in July 2015, and
(ii) a senior secured revolving credit facility under which
we may initially borrow up to $50.0 million, maturing in
July 2015.
|
(6) |
|
A $1 increase (decrease) in the
assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the midpoint
of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus,
would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents,
total stockholders equity and total capitalization by
$ million, assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us.
|
|
|
|
(7) |
|
Adjusted to reflect the write off
of $ in deferred financing costs
for the indebtedness being repaid in connection with this
offering and the redemption premium associated with the
repayment of our outstanding senior subordinated notes of
approximately $0.8 million. As adjusted data does not give
effect to the compensation expense associated with the equity
awards that will vest upon completion of this offering, which we
estimate will be approximately
$ million.
|
30
DILUTION
Purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering will
experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net
tangible book value of the common stock from the initial public
offering price. Net tangible book value per share represents the
amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities,
divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding.
Dilution in net tangible book value per share represents the
difference between the amount per share that you pay in this
offering and the net tangible book value per share immediately
after this offering. Our net tangible book value (deficit) as of
March 25, 2011 was approximately
$ million, or $
per share.
After giving effect to (i) the sale
of shares
of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus, (ii) the reorganization
transactions, as described under the caption Certain
Relationships and Related-Party Transactions
Reorganization Transaction, and (iii) the deduction
of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated fees and expenses payable by us, our pro forma net
tangible book value at March 25, 2011 would have been
approximately $ million, or
$ per share. This represents an
immediate increase in net tangible book value of
$ per share to existing
stockholders and an immediate and substantial dilution of
$ per share to new investors. This
calculation does not give effect to our use of proceeds from
this offering or any borrowings under our new senior secured
revolving credit facility or term loan facility. The following
table illustrates this per share dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PER SHARE
|
|
|
Initial public offering price per share
|
|
$
|
|
|
Actual net tangible book value per share as of March 25,
2011
|
|
$
|
|
|
Increase per share attributable to new investors
|
|
$
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share to new investors
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales
of shares
of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering
will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by
existing stockholders
to ,
or approximately % of the total
shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, and will
increase the number of shares held by new investors
to ,
or approximately % of the total
shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.
If the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option
to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this
offering from the selling stockholders at the assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock
held by existing stockholders will be reduced
to ,
or % of the aggregate number of
shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, the
number of shares of common stock held by new investors will be
increased
to ,
or % of the aggregate number of shares of common
stock outstanding after this offering, the increase per share
attributable to new investors would be $ , the pro
forma net tangible book value per share after this offering
would be $ , and the dilution per share to new investors would
be $ .
A $1 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering
price of $ per share, which is the
midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible
book value by $ million, the
pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering
by $ per share, and the dilution
per share to new investors by $
per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set
forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and
after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The following table summarizes, on the pro forma basis described
above as of March 25, 2011, after giving effect to the
reorganization transactions, the total number of shares of
common stock purchased from us and the selling stockholders and
the total consideration and the average price per share paid by
existing stockholders and by investors participating in this
offering. The calculation below is based on the assumed initial
public offering price of
31
$ per share, which is the midpoint
of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus,
before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated fees and expenses payable by us.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SHARES PURCHASED
|
|
|
TOTAL CONSIDERATION
|
|
|
AVERAGE PRICE
|
|
|
|
NUMBER
|
|
|
PERCENTAGE
|
|
|
AMOUNT
|
|
|
PERCENTAGE
|
|
|
PER SHARE
|
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each $1 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price of
$ per share, which is the midpoint
of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus,
would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new
investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by
$ million, assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same, and before deducting the
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us.
The pro forma dilution information above is for illustration
purposes only. Our net tangible book value following the
completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on
the actual initial public offering price of our shares and other
terms of this offering determined at pricing. The number of
shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering as
shown above is based on the number of shares outstanding as of
March 25, 2011.
32
SELECTED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
You should read the following selected consolidated financial
data in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements
and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus. You should also read Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations. The statement of operations data for the
fiscal years ended December 24, 2010, December 25,
2009 and December 26, 2008 and the balance sheet data as of
December 24, 2010 and December 25, 2009 are derived
from our consolidated financial statements audited by BDO USA
LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, included
elsewhere in this prospectus. The statement of operations data
for the years ended December 28, 2007 and December 29,
2006 and the balance sheet data as of December 26, 2008,
December 28, 2007 and December 29, 2006 are derived
from our audited consolidated financial statements not included
elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the statement of
operations data for the three months ended March 25, 2011
and March 26, 2010 and balance sheet data as of
March 25, 2011 from our unaudited interim consolidated
financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We
have derived the balance sheet data as of March 26, 2010
from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements not
included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of
management, the unaudited interim consolidated financial
statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal and
recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of
the Companys financial position at March 25, 2011 and
March 26, 2010 and results of its operations and its cash
flows for the three months ended March 25, 2011 and
March 26, 2010. The financial condition and results of
operations as of and for the three months ended March 25,
2011 do not purport to be indicative of the financial condition
or results of operations to be expected as of or for the fiscal
year ending December 30, 2011.
The selected consolidated financial data presented below
represent only portions of our financial statements and,
accordingly, are not complete. You should read this information
in conjunction with the information included under the captions
Use of Proceeds, Capitalization,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated
financial statements, and the related notes thereto, which are
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, we
will convert our company from a Delaware limited liability
company (Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC) to a Delaware
corporation (The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.). See Certain
Relationships and Related-Party Transactions
Reorganization Transaction. The historical consolidated
financial operating data relate to Chefs Warehouse
Holdings, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
|
|
|
THREE MONTHS ENDED
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 25,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 26,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 28,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 29,
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
MARCH 26,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
330,118
|
|
|
$
|
271,072
|
|
|
$
|
281,703
|
|
|
$
|
256,134
|
|
|
$
|
229,803
|
|
|
$
|
83,183
|
|
|
$
|
70,000
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
244,340
|
|
|
|
199,764
|
|
|
|
211,387
|
|
|
|
190,787
|
|
|
|
170,624
|
|
|
|
61,148
|
|
|
|
52,017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
85,778
|
|
|
|
71,308
|
|
|
|
70,316
|
|
|
|
65,347
|
|
|
|
59,179
|
|
|
|
22,035
|
|
|
|
17,983
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
64,206
|
|
|
|
57,977
|
|
|
|
60,314
|
|
|
|
59,389
|
|
|
|
55,181
|
|
|
|
16,976
|
|
|
|
14,953
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
21,572
|
|
|
|
13,331
|
|
|
|
10,002
|
|
|
|
5,958
|
|
|
|
3,998
|
|
|
|
5,059
|
|
|
|
3,030
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
4,041
|
|
|
|
2,815
|
|
|
|
3,238
|
|
|
|
3,515
|
|
|
|
3,425
|
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
627
|
|
(Gain)/loss on fluctuation of interest rate swap
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
|
|
(658
|
)
|
|
|
1,118
|
|
|
|
621
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
(183
|
)
|
(Gain) on settlement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,100
|
)(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations before income taxes
|
|
|
18,441
|
|
|
|
11,174
|
|
|
|
5,646
|
|
|
|
2,922
|
|
|
|
573
|
|
|
|
1,687
|
|
|
|
2,586
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
2,567
|
|
|
|
2,213
|
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
786
|
|
|
|
898
|
|
|
|
667
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from continuing operations
|
|
|
15,874
|
|
|
|
8,961
|
|
|
|
2,196
|
|
|
|
2,136
|
|
|
|
(325
|
)
|
|
|
1,020
|
|
|
|
1,536
|
|
Discontinued operations, net of taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(355
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
15,874
|
|
|
$
|
8,961
|
|
|
$
|
2,196
|
|
|
$
|
2,136
|
|
|
$
|
(680
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
1,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividend accretion on Class A members units
|
|
|
(4,123
|
)
|
|
|
(6,207
|
)
|
|
|
(3,000
|
)
|
|
|
(2,995
|
)
|
|
|
(2,992
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,180
|
)
|
Deemed dividend paid to Class A members units
|
|
|
(22,429
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to members units
|
|
$
|
(10,678
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,754
|
|
|
$
|
(804
|
)
|
|
$
|
(859
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,672
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
|
|
|
THREE MONTHS ENDED
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 25,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 26,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 28,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 29,
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
MARCH 26,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Basic net (loss) income per members unit
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
Diluted net (loss) income per members unit
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
Weighted average members units outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
77,827
|
|
|
|
76,663
|
|
|
|
75,436
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
52,526
|
|
|
|
76,573
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
81,851
|
|
|
|
76,663
|
|
|
|
75,436
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
54,375
|
|
|
|
79,515
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
1,978
|
|
|
$
|
875
|
|
|
$
|
1,591
|
|
|
$
|
2,232
|
|
|
$
|
1,490
|
|
|
$
|
856
|
|
|
$
|
1,330
|
|
Working capital
|
|
$
|
12,206
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
22,479
|
|
|
$
|
22,101
|
|
|
$
|
18,806
|
|
|
$
|
20,044
|
|
|
$
|
12,866
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
22,598
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
82,672
|
|
|
$
|
65,937
|
|
|
$
|
64,502
|
|
|
$
|
62,917
|
|
|
$
|
58,141
|
|
|
$
|
81,297
|
|
|
$
|
65,389
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
$
|
82,580
|
|
|
$
|
29,928
|
|
|
$
|
37,323
|
|
|
$
|
33,082
|
|
|
$
|
37,299
|
|
|
$
|
81,999
|
|
|
$
|
29,063
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
$
|
131,484
|
|
|
$
|
60,603
|
|
|
$
|
67,720
|
|
|
$
|
68,331
|
|
|
$
|
65,691
|
|
|
$
|
129,089
|
|
|
$
|
58,681
|
|
Redeemable Class A members units
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
41,698
|
|
|
$
|
35,491
|
|
|
$
|
32,491
|
|
|
$
|
29,496
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
42,878
|
|
Total members equity (deficit)
|
|
$
|
(48,812
|
)
|
|
$
|
(36,364
|
)
|
|
$
|
(38,709
|
)
|
|
$
|
(37,905
|
)
|
|
$
|
(37,046
|
)
|
|
$
|
(47,792
|
)
|
|
$
|
(36,170
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The gain on settlement is the
result of the Company settling a dispute with the former owner
of a company that the Company had previously acquired. The
settlement reduced the acquisition purchase price and
corresponding note payable to that company. Since the goodwill
associated with this acquisition had been written off at the
time of the settlement, the settlement was recorded as a
non-operating item within the Companys statement of
operations.
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Working capital is defined as the
difference between current assets and current liabilities. At
December 24, 2010 and March 25, 2011, the
then-outstanding balance under our senior secured revolving
credit facility of $12.2 million and $9.7 million,
respectively, was included within the current portion of
long-term debt.
|
34
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, and the
notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
Our
Reorganization
Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, we
will convert from a Delaware limited liability company
(Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC) to a Delaware
corporation (The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.). The consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus,
which are the subject of the following discussion, are those of
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC and its consolidated
subsidiaries. We expect that our conversion to the corporate
form of organization will not have any material effect on our
consolidated financial statements. When we use the terms
we, our, us and the
Company in the following discussion, we mean, prior
to the conversion and related transactions described under
Certain Relationships and Related-Party
Transactions Reorganization Transaction,
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, and its consolidated subsidiaries and, after
the conversion and related transactions, The Chefs
Warehouse, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated
subsidiaries. For a discussion of the principal transactions in
the reorganization, see Certain Relationships and
Related-Party Transactions Reorganization
Transaction.
Overview
We are a premier distributor of specialty foods in six of the
leading culinary markets in the United States. We offer more
than 11,500 SKUs, ranging from high-quality specialty foods
and ingredients to basic ingredients and staples. We serve more
than 7,000 customer locations, primarily located in our six
geographic markets across the United States, and the majority of
our customers are independent restaurants and fine dining
establishments.
We believe several key differentiating factors of our business
model have enabled us to execute our strategy consistently and
profitably across our expanding customer base. These factors
consist of a portfolio of distinctive and
hard-to-find
specialty food products, a highly trained and motivated sales
force, strong sourcing capabilities, a fully integrated
warehouse management system, a highly sophisticated distribution
and logistics platform and a focused, seasoned management team.
In recent years, our sales to existing and new customers have
increased through the continued growth in demand for specialty
food products in general; increased market share driven by our
sophisticated and experienced sales professionals, our
high-quality customer service and our extensive breadth and
depth of product offerings, especially in specialty products;
the acquisition of other specialty food distributors; the
expansion of our existing distribution centers; the construction
of a new distribution center; and the import and sale of our
proprietary brands. Through these efforts, we believe that we
have been able to expand our customer base, enhance and
diversify our product selections, broaden our geographic
penetration and increase our market share. We believe that as a
result of these efforts, we have increased sales from
$229.8 million in 2006 to $330.1 million in 2010.
Recent and
Pending Acquisitions
On June 24, 2011, we purchased the inventory of Harry
Wils & Co. and certain intangible assets, including
Harry Wils & Co.s customer list and certain
intellectual property. Harry Wils & Co. is a specialty
foodservice distribution company headquartered in the New York
City metropolitan area, and we believe that the purchase of
these assets will allow us to increase the number of customers
we service in the New York metropolitan area. The purchase price
paid to Harry Wils & Co. was approximately $7.7 million for
the intangible assets, plus approximately $1.2 million for
inventory on hand. We assumed no liabilities in connection with
the transaction and have relocated the inventory purchased to
our Bronx, New York distribution facility. We financed the
purchase price for these assets with borrowings under our
existing senior secured credit facilities.
On June 18, 2010, we acquired the assets of
Monique & Me, Inc., doing business as Culinaire
Specialty Foods, for cash consideration of $3.7 million,
which provided us with an immediate platform for growth in the
south Florida market.
On August 28, 2009, we acquired the San Francisco
division of European Imports for total cash consideration of
$3.8 million, subject to certain adjustments set forth in
the acquisition agreement. The acquisition was integrated into
our existing San Francisco operation.
35
In May 2008, we completed the acquisition of American Gourmet
Foods for cash consideration of $5.1 million. This
acquisition was integrated into our Hanover, Maryland operation.
Our Growth
Strategies and Outlook
We continue to invest in our people, facilities and technology
to achieve the following objectives and maintain our premier
position within the specialty foodservice distribution market:
|
|
|
|
|
sales and service territory expansion;
|
|
|
operational excellence and high customer service levels;
|
|
|
expanded purchasing programs and improved buying power;
|
|
|
product innovation and new product category introduction;
|
|
|
operational efficiencies through system enhancements; and
|
|
|
operating expense reduction through the centralization of
general and administrative functions.
|
Our continued profitable growth has allowed us to improve upon
our organizations infrastructure, open a new facility and
pursue selective acquisitions. This improved infrastructure has
allowed us to achieve higher operating margins. Over the last
several years, we have increased our distribution capacity to
approximately 371,640 square feet in seven facilities.
Key Factors
Affecting Our Performance
Due to our focus on menu-driven independent restaurants, fine
dining establishments, country clubs, hotels, caterers and
specialty food stores, our results of operations are materially
impacted by the success of the food-away-from-home
industry in the United States, which is materially impacted by
general economic conditions, discretionary spending levels and
consumer confidence. When economic conditions deteriorate, as
they did throughout the second half of 2007, all of 2008 and the
first half of 2009, our customers businesses are
negatively impacted as fewer people eat away-from-home and those
that do spend less money. As economic conditions began to
improve in the second half of 2009 and into 2010, our
customers businesses began to improve, which likewise
contributed to improvements in our business.
Food price costs also significantly impact our results of
operations. Food price inflation, like that which we have
experienced in the first quarter of 2011, may increase the
dollar value of our sales because many of our products are sold
at our cost plus a percentage markup. When the rate of inflation
declines, however, the dollar value of our sales may fall
despite our unit sales remaining constant or growing. For those
of our products that we price on a fixed
fee-per-case
basis, our gross profit margins may be negatively affected in an
inflationary environment, even though our gross revenues may be
positively impacted. While we cannot predict whether inflation
will continue at current levels, prolonged periods of inflation
leading to cost increases above levels that we are able to pass
along to our customers, either overall or in certain product
categories, may have a negative impact on us and our customers,
as elevated food costs can reduce consumer spending in the
food-away-from-home market, and may negatively impact our sales,
gross margins and earnings.
The foodservice distribution industry is fragmented and
consolidating. Over the past five years, we have supplemented
our internal growth through selective strategic acquisitions. We
believe that the consolidation trends in the foodservice
distribution industry will continue to present acquisition
opportunities for us, which may allow us to grow our business at
a faster pace than we would otherwise be able to grow the
business organically.
Performance
Indicators
In addition to evaluating our income from operations, our
management team analyzes our performance based on sales growth,
gross profit and gross profit margin.
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales. Our net sales growth is driven
principally by changes in volume and, to a lesser degree,
changes in price related to the impact of inflation in commodity
prices. In particular, product cost inflation and deflation
impacts our results of operations and, depending on the amount
of inflation or deflation, such impact may be material. For
example, inflation may increase the dollar value of our sales,
and when the rate of inflation declines, the dollar value of our
sales may fall despite our unit sales remaining constant or
growing.
|
|
|
Gross profit and gross profit margin. Our
gross profit and gross profit as a percentage of net sales, or
gross profit margin, are driven principally by
changes in volume and fluctuations in food and commodity
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
prices and our ability to pass on any price increases to our
customers in an inflationary environment and maintain or
increase gross margin when our costs decline. Our gross margin
is also a function of the product mix of our net sales in any
period. Given our wide selection of product categories, as well
as the continuous introduction of new products, we can
experience shifts in product sales mix that have an impact on
net sales. This mix shift is most significantly impacted by the
introduction of new categories of products in markets that we
have more recently entered, as well as the continued growth in
item penetration on higher velocity items such as dairy products.
|
Key Financial
Definitions
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales. Net sales consist primarily of
sales of specialty and other food products to
independently-owned restaurants and other high-end foodservice
customers, which we report net of certain group discounts and
customer sales incentives.
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales. Cost of sales include the
purchase price paid for products sold, plus the cost of
transportation necessary to bring the product to our
distribution facilities. Our cost of sales may not be comparable
to other similar companies within our industry that include all
costs related to their distribution network in their costs of
sales rather than as operating expenses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses. Our operating expenses
include warehousing and distribution expenses (which include
salaries and wages, employee benefits, facility and distribution
fleet rental costs and other expenses related to warehousing and
delivery) and selling, general and administrative expenses
(which include selling, insurance, administrative, wage and
benefit expenses and will also include share-based compensation
expense). Following consummation of this offering, we will incur
operating expenses as a result of our being a public company. We
estimate that these expenses will be approximately
$1.4 million per year. We expect to incur a compensation
charge in the third quarter related to Class C units that, as
issued, will become fully vested and exercisable upon the
consummation of this offering. See Compensation Discussion
and Analysis. We expect this compensation expense will be
approximately $ million.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense. Interest expense consists
primarily of interest on our outstanding indebtedness.
|
|
|
|
(Gain) loss on fluctuation of interest rate
swaps. (Gain) loss on fluctuation of interest
rate swaps consists solely of the change in valuation on an
interest rate swap not eligible for hedge accounting.
|
Critical
Accounting Policies
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements
requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses,
and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The
SEC has defined critical accounting policies as those that are
both most important to the portrayal of our financial condition
and results and require our most difficult, complex or
subjective judgments or estimates. Based on this definition, we
believe our critical accounting policies include the following:
(i) determining our allowance for doubtful accounts,
(ii) inventory valuation, with regard to determining our
reserve for excess and obsolete inventory, and
(iii) valuing goodwill and intangible assets. For all
financial statement periods presented, there have been no
material modifications to the application of these critical
accounting policies.
Allowance for
Doubtful Accounts
We analyze customer creditworthiness, accounts receivable
balances, payment history, payment terms and historical bad debt
levels when evaluating the adequacy of our allowance for
doubtful accounts. In instances where a reserve has been
recorded for a particular customer, future sales to the customer
are either conducted using
cash-on-delivery
terms or the account is closely monitored so that
agreed-upon
payments are received prior to orders being released. A failure
to pay results in held or cancelled orders. Our accounts
receivable balance was $36.2 million and
$31.0 million, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts
of $2.4 million and $2.2 million, as of
December 24, 2010 and December 25, 2009,
respectively. Our accounts receivable balance was
$36.2 million and $29.6 million, net of allowance for
doubtful accounts of $2.5 million and $2.4 million, as
of March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010, respectively.
37
Inventory
Valuation
We maintain reserves for slow-moving and obsolete inventories.
These reserves are primarily based upon inventory age plus
specifically identified inventory items and overall economic
conditions. A sudden and unexpected change in consumer
preferences or change in overall economic conditions could
result in a significant change in the reserve balance and could
require a corresponding charge to earnings. We actively manage
our inventory levels to minimize the risk of loss and have
consistently achieved a relatively high level of inventory
turnover.
Valuation of
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
We are required to test goodwill for impairment at least
annually and between annual tests if events occur or
circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the
fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. We
have elected to perform our annual tests for indications of
goodwill impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal
year. Based on future expected cash flows, we test for goodwill
impairment at the consolidated level, as we have only a single
reporting unit. The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step
test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment,
involves comparing our estimated fair value to our carrying
value, including goodwill. If our estimated fair value exceeds
our carrying value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired.
If the carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, there is an
indication of potential impairment and the second step is
performed to measure the amount of impairment. If required, the
second step involves calculating an implied fair value of our
goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a
manner similar to the amount of goodwill calculated in a
business combination, by measuring the excess of the estimated
fair value, as determined in the first step, over the aggregate
estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and
identifiable intangibles as if we were being acquired in a
business combination. If the implied fair value of our goodwill
exceeds the carrying value of our goodwill, there is no
impairment. If the carrying value of our goodwill exceeds the
implied fair value of our goodwill, an impairment charge is
recorded for the excess.
In accordance with the aggregation criteria of
ASC 280-10-50-11,
we evaluate our goodwill on a consolidated basis using a
discounted cash flow model, in which the key assumption is the
projection of future earnings and cash flow. Any material
adverse change in our business or operations could have a
negative effect on our valuation and thus cause an impairment of
our goodwill. As of December 24, 2010, our annual
assessment indicated that we are not at risk of failing step one
of the goodwill impairment test and no impairment of
goodwill existed, as our fair value exceeded our carrying value.
Total goodwill as of December 24, 2010 and
December 25, 2009 was $11.5 million and
$9.4 million, respectively.
Intangible assets with finite lives are tested for impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying value may not be recoverable. Cash flows expected to be
generated by the related assets are estimated over the
assets useful lives based on updated projections. If the
evaluation indicates that the carrying amount of the asset may
not be recoverable, the potential impairment is measured based
on a projected discounted cash flow model. There have been no
events or changes in circumstances during 2010 indicating that
the carrying value of our finite-lived intangible assets are not
recoverable. Total finite-lived intangible assets as of
December 24, 2010 and December 25, 2009 were
$0.6 million and $0.1 million, respectively.
The assessment of the recoverability of goodwill and intangible
assets will be impacted if estimated future cash flows are not
achieved.
Vendor Rebates
and Other Promotional Incentives
We participate in various rebate and promotional incentives with
our suppliers, including volume and growth rebates, annual
incentives and promotional programs. In accounting for vendor
rebates, we follow the guidance in Accounting Standards
Codification, or ASC,
605-50
(Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF,
No. 02-16,
Accounting by a Customer (Including a Reseller) for Certain
Consideration Received from a Vendor and EITF
No. 03-10,
Application of Issue
No. 02-16
by Resellers to Sales Incentives Offered to Consumers by
Manufacturers).
We generally record consideration received under these
incentives as a reduction of cost of goods sold; however, in
certain circumstances, we record marketing-related consideration
as a reduction of marketing costs incurred. We may receive
consideration in the form of cash
and/or
invoice deductions.
We record consideration that we receive for incentives volume
and growth rebates and annual incentives as a reduction of cost
of goods sold. We systematically and rationally allocate the
consideration for those incentives to each of the underlying
transactions that results in progress by us toward earning the
incentives. If the incentives are not probable and reasonably
estimable, we record the incentives as the underlying objectives
or milestones are
38
achieved. We record annual incentives when we earn them,
generally over the agreement period. We record consideration
received to promote and sell the suppliers products as a
reduction of our costs, as the consideration is typically a
reimbursement of costs incurred by us. If we received
consideration from the suppliers in excess of our costs, we
record any excess as a reduction of cost of goods sold.
Management has discussed the development and selection of these
critical accounting policies with our board of directors, and
the board of directors has reviewed the above disclosure. Our
financial statements contained other items that require
estimation, but are not as critical as those discussed above.
These other items include our calculations for bonus accruals,
depreciation and amortization. Changes in estimates and
assumptions used in these and other items could have an effect
on our consolidated financial statements.
Results of
Operations
The following table presents, for the periods indicated, certain
income and expense items expressed as a percentage of net sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
|
|
|
THREE MONTHS ENDED
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 25,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 26,
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
MARCH 26,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
74.0
|
%
|
|
|
73.7
|
%
|
|
|
75.0
|
%
|
|
|
73.5
|
%
|
|
|
74.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
26.0
|
%
|
|
|
26.3
|
%
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
|
|
26.5
|
%
|
|
|
25.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
19.4
|
%
|
|
|
21.4
|
%
|
|
|
21.4
|
%
|
|
|
20.4
|
%
|
|
|
21.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
6.5
|
%
|
|
|
4.9
|
%
|
|
|
3.6
|
%
|
|
|
6.1
|
%
|
|
|
4.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other expense (income):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
1.2
|
%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
(Gain)/loss on fluctuation of interest rate swap
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
|
4.0
|
%
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
5.6
|
%
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%*
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
3.7
|
%
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
1.2
|
%
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
4.8
|
%
|
|
|
3.3
|
%
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
1.2
|
%
|
|
|
2.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Total reflects
rounding |
Three Months
Ended March 25, 2011 Compared to Three Months Ended
March 26, 2010
Net
Sales
Our net sales for the quarter ended March 25, 2011
increased approximately 18.8%, or $13.2 million, to
$83.2 million from $70.0 million for the quarter ended
March 26, 2010. The increase in net sales was principally
the result of increased case volume as well as increased revenue
per case, reflecting the impact of food cost inflation and
changes in product mix which together we estimate contributed
approximately 4.5% of our 18.8% of net sales improvement in the
first quarter of 2011. The product categories most impacted by
inflation were dairy, meat, seafood and oils. Our increase in
net sales also included approximately $2.1 million of net
sales related to our Florida operation which we acquired in June
2010.
Gross
Profit
Gross profit increased approximately 22.5%, or
$4.1 million, to $22.0 million for the quarter ended
March 25, 2011, from $18.0 million for the quarter
ended March 26, 2010. Our gross profit as a percentage of
net sales was 26.5% for the quarter ended March 25, 2011 as
compared to 25.7% for the quarter ended March 26, 2010. The
increase in gross profit as a percentage of net sales reflects
the 37 basis point improvement resulting from our
39
recording of $0.3 million of mark-to-market gain associated
with our Eurodollar collar that we entered into in the first
quarter of fiscal 2011 as a hedge against imported products
denominated, and paid for, in Euros, as well as the positive
impact of the results of our Florida operation along with
improved margins on our sales of meat driven by a shift in
customer and product mix.
Operating
Expenses
Total operating expenses increased by approximately 13.5%, or
$2.0 million, to $17.0 million for the quarter ended
March 25, 2011, from $15.0 million for the quarter
ended March 26, 2010. The increase in total operating
expenses was primarily due to higher sales volume and the
acquisition of our Florida operation. The increase in our salary
and benefit costs represented $1.5 million, or
approximately 72% of the year over year increase. The remaining
increase was comprised of $0.5 million of higher delivery
costs, along with slight increases in warehouse costs and travel
and entertainment.
As a percentage of net sales, total operating expenses decreased
to approximately 20.7% for the quarter ended March 25,
2011, from approximately 21.4% for the quarter ended
March 26, 2010. The decrease in total operating expenses as
a percentage of net sales was primarily attributable to our
higher sales levels as well as expense control programs across
our organization.
Operating
Income
Operating income increased approximately 67.0% to
$5.1 million for the quarter ended March 25, 2011, as
compared to $3.0 million for the quarter ended
March 26, 2010. This increase is reflective of higher sales
levels, improved gross profit margins and continued efforts in
controlling costs, which although higher on an absolute basis
were lower as a percentage of net sales for the first quarter of
2011 as compared to the comparable period in 2010.
Other Expense
(Income)
Total other expense (income) increased $2.7 million to
$3.1 million for the quarter ended March 25, 2011,
from $0.4 million for the quarter ended March 26,
2010. This increase was attributable to the increase in interest
expense for the quarter ended March 25, 2011 to
$3.2 million from $0.6 million for the quarter ended
March 26, 2010. This increase was primarily caused by the
significant increase in our total indebtedness and debt service
costs beginning in the fourth quarter of 2010 as we financed the
redemption of all of our outstanding class A units held by
BGCP and another investor with borrowings under our senior
secured notes and senior secured credit facilities.
Provision for
Income Taxes
Our effective income tax rate was 39.5% and 40.6% for the
quarters ended March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010,
respectively.
Net
Income
Reflecting the factors described above, net income decreased
$0.5 million to $1.0 million for the quarter ended
March 25, 2011, compared to $1.5 million for the
quarter ended March 26, 2010.
Fiscal Year Ended
December 24, 2010 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
December 25, 2009
Net
Sales
During fiscal 2010, we began to see steady improvement in our
net sales and a reduction in the volatility of net sales, as
compared to what we experienced throughout our 2009 fiscal year.
Our net sales for the fiscal year ended December 24, 2010
increased approximately 21.8%, or $59.0 million, to
$330.1 million from $271.1 million for the year ended
December 25, 2009. This increase was primarily due to
organic growth (sales growth excluding the impact of
acquisitions) of $50.7 million. Our organic growth was due
primarily to increased item penetration to existing customers,
as well as the success of our customer acquisition strategy,
that resulted in 49% and 51% of the increase in net sales,
respectively. Our improvement in net sales also reflected
year-over-year improvement in economic conditions.
40
Gross
Profit
Our gross profit increased approximately 20.3%, or
$14.5 million, to $85.8 million for the year ended
December 24, 2010, from $71.3 million for the year
ended December 25, 2009. Our gross profit as a percentage
of net sales was 26.0% for the year ended December 24,
2010, and 26.3% for the year ended December 25, 2009. The
decline in gross profit as a percentage of net sales is
primarily due to the change in the mix of net sales during
fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. Given our wide selection of
product categories, as well as the continuous introduction of
new products, we can experience shifts in product sales mix that
have an impact on net sales. This mix shift is most
significantly impacted by the introduction of new categories of
products in markets that we have more recently entered, as well
as the continued growth in item penetration on higher velocity
items such as dairy products. Most significantly, our gross
profit margin was negatively impacted by the increase in the
amount of dairy products we sold in fiscal 2010 as dairy
products are traditionally a lower margin product for us. Dairy
products accounted for 8.5% of our net sales in 2010, up from
7.4% of our net sales in 2009. Our gross profit margin in 2010
was also negatively impacted by a combined 120 basis points
due to margin pressure in our cheese and oil product categories.
Gross profit as a percentage of net sales during the year ended
December 24, 2010, was largely unaffected by commodity
price fluctuation, as food prices were stable versus 2009.
Operating
Expenses
Our total operating expenses increased approximately 10.7%, or
$6.2 million, to $64.2 million for the year end
December 24, 2010, from $58.0 million for the year
ended December 25, 2009. The increase in total operating
costs was primarily due to higher sales volume and the
acquisition of Culinaire Specialty Foods. The increase in our
salary and benefit costs represented $5.4 million, or 87%,
of the year-over-year increase. The remaining increase was
comprised of $0.4 million of higher delivery costs,
$0.3 million of higher IT consulting costs and
$0.1 million of higher other operating costs, net of a
reduction in bad debt expense of $0.4 million.
As a percentage of net sales, total operating expenses decreased
to approximately 19.4% for the year ended December 24,
2010, from approximately 21.4% for the year ended
December 25, 2009. The decrease in total operating expenses
as a percentage of net sales was primarily attributable to our
higher level of sales, as well as expense control programs
across our organization. We were also able to manage our fuel
costs despite rising prices by updating and revising existing
routes to reduce miles traveled, reducing idle times and other
similar measures.
Operating
Income
Operating income increased 61.8% from $13.3 million in
fiscal 2009 to $21.6 million in fiscal 2010, reflecting not
only increasing sales but also our efforts at controlling costs
throughout fiscal 2009 and 2010.
Other Expense
(Income)
Total other expense (income) increased $1.0 million to
$3.1 million for the year ended December 24, 2010,
from $2.2 million for the year ended December 25,
2009. This increase in total other expense (income) is
attributable to the increase in interest expense for the year
ended December 24, 2010 to $4.0 million from
$2.8 million in the year ended December 25, 2009,
which occurred primarily because our debt level increased
significantly in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 as we
financed our redemption of all of our outstanding Class A
units which were held by BGCP and another investor.
Provision for
Income Taxes
Our effective income tax rate was 13.9% and 19.8% for the years
ended December 24, 2010 and December 25, 2009,
respectively. The decrease in the effective rate was the result
of the company and each of its operating subsidiaries that are
limited liability companies electing to be taxed as corporations
starting in October of 2010. In doing so, we recorded
significant deferred tax assets, thus lowering the current tax
provision. Our effective income tax rate will increase following
this offering as a result of our conversion from a limited
liability company to a corporation, as described above. Based on
current enacted tax rates, which could change, we expect our
effective tax rate for fiscal 2011 to approximate 39%.
41
Net
Income
Reflecting the factors described in more detail above, net
income increased $6.9 million to $15.9 million for the
year ended December 24, 2010, compared to $9.0 million
for the year ended December 25, 2009.
Fiscal Year Ended
December 25, 2009 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended
December 26, 2008
Net
Sales
Our net sales for the fiscal year ended December 25, 2009
decreased approximately 3.7%, or $10.6 million, to
$271.1 million from $281.7 million for the year ended
December 26, 2008. This decrease was primarily the result
of lower volume due to weak economic conditions which adversely
affected our customers businesses. The decline in sales
was also attributable to the stabilization of commodity prices
in 2009, as the dollar amount of our sales in 2009 did not
increase significantly because of inflation compared to the
significant impact of inflation on food prices in 2008.
Gross
Profit
Our gross profit increased approximately 1.4%, or
$1.0 million, to $71.3 million for the year ended
December 24, 2010, from $70.3 million for the year
ended December 25, 2009. Our gross profit as a percentage
of net sales was 26.3% for the year ended December 25, 2009
compared to 25.0% for the year ended December 26, 2008. The
increase in gross profit as a percentage of net sales is
primarily due to the stabilization in food and commodity prices
in 2009.
Operating
Expenses
Our total operating expenses decreased approximately 3.9% or
$2.3 million, to $58.0 million for the year ended
December 25, 2009, from $60.3 million for the year
ended December 26, 2008. For comparable facilities, we
reduced operating costs by $3.7 million, or slightly over
6.1%. We incurred additional operating costs throughout fiscal
year 2009 of approximately $1.4 million related to
acquisitions. The decrease in total operating costs was
primarily due to cost cuts made during the fourth quarter of
2008 through the first half of fiscal 2009. The removal of
salary and benefit costs represented $1 million, or 43%, of
the
year-over-year
decrease. This reduction is net of a $1.6 million increase
in annual incentive and retention compensation as well as
$745,000 in management severance costs. Reductions in selling,
general and administrative costs represented $1.0 million,
or 48%, of the
year-over-year
decrease while the remaining decrease was comprised of
reductions in distribution costs of approximately
$0.2 million.
Operating
Income
Operating income increased from $10.0 million in fiscal
2008 to $13.3 million in fiscal 2009. As a percentage of
sales, operating income increased significantly from 3.6% in
fiscal 2008 to 4.9% in fiscal 2009. The increase reflects our
ability to improve our gross profit during a period of stable
commodity prices and our intense focus on controlling costs
during the challenging economic environment in 2009.
Other Expense
(Income)
Interest expense declined from $3.2 million in fiscal 2008
to $2.8 million in fiscal 2009, reflecting our efforts to
improve working capital utilization by focusing on better
collection of receivables and maintaining more efficient
inventory levels, which in each case allowed us to reduce our
level of indebtedness. The fluctuation of the market value of
our interest rate swap changed from an expense of
$1.1 million in fiscal 2008 to a gain of $0.7 million
in 2009, as the term of the interest rate swap neared its
conclusion at the beginning of 2011.
Provision for
Income Taxes
Our effective income tax rate was 19.8% and 61.1% for the years
ended December 25, 2009 and December 26, 2008,
respectively. The decrease in the effective income tax rate for
the year ended December 25, 2009 is primarily due to the
allocation of administrative costs between our corporate
subsidiary and our limited liability company subsidiaries, as
well as the recognition of a 2008 empire zone tax credit from
the State of New York in 2009, which was repealed in 2008 and
subsequently reinstated in 2009.
42
Net
Income
Reflecting the factors described in more detail above, net
income increased $6.8 million to $9.0 million, for the
year ended December 25, 2009, compared to
$2.2 million, for the year ended December 26, 2008.
Liquidity and
Capital Resources
We finance our day-to-day operations and growth primarily with
cash flows from operations, borrowings under our existing senior
secured credit facilities, operating leases, trade payables and
bank indebtedness. In addition, from time to time we may issue
equity and debt securities to finance our operations and
acquisitions. We believe that our cash on hand and available
credit through our existing revolving credit facility as
discussed below is sufficient for our operations and planned
capital expenditures over the next twelve months.
On October 22, 2010, we redeemed all authorized and then
outstanding Class A units (which were held by third party
investors) for a redemption price of $68.3 million. The
redemption price, which was calculated in accordance with our
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, was
based on a total valuation of the company at an agreed upon
multiple of projected EBITDA less total indebtedness, with the
Class A unit holders being allocated the first
$45.8 million of such amount based on the carrying amount
of those units and then being allocated, along with our other
members, their pro rata share of the remaining value as a deemed
dividend. The redemption resulted in our founders, management
and employees increasing their ownership interest in us from
68.5% to 100%. The capital structure described in this section
reflects borrowings made to finance the redemption.
On April 15, 2010, we entered into a term loan and
revolving credit facility (the Credit Agreement).
The term loan commitment was in the amount of $7.5 million,
while the revolving credit facility provided us with up to
$37.5 million in borrowing capacity. Upon the redemption of
Class A units on October 22, 2010, the
$7.5 million term note was paid in full and the credit
facility was amended to provide us with up to $25.0 million
in revolving borrowing capacity. The amended Credit Agreement
matures on October 22, 2013. Borrowings under the Credit
Agreement bear interest, at our option, at the CB Floating Rate
(defined as the Administrative Agents prime rate, never to
be less than the adjusted one-month London Interbank Offered
Rate, or LIBOR, plus applicable rate), or LIBOR plus applicable
rate. The applicable rate is contingent upon our leverage ratio.
As of December 24, 2010, the CB Floating applicable rate
was 1.25% and the LIBOR applicable rate was 3.25%. The Credit
Agreement also provides for an annual fee of 0.25% of unused
commitments. The Credit Agreement requires the maintenance of
certain financial ratios, as described in the Credit Agreement,
and contains customary events of default. Balances outstanding
under our existing senior secured credit facilities are secured
by our receivables and inventory. As of December 24, 2010
and March 25, 2011, we had approximately $12.2 million
and $9.7 million, respectively, of borrowings outstanding
under our existing revolving credit facility, which generally
reduce our available borrowing capacity under our revolving
credit facility on a dollar for dollar basis. Therefore, our
resulting remaining availability under our existing revolving
credit facility was approximately $12.8 million and
$15.2 million as of December 24, 2010 and
March 25, 2011, respectively. Subsequent to March 25,
2011, we borrowed approximately $8.9 million to finance our
acquisition on June 24, 2011 of certain of the assets of
Harry Wils & Co.
On October 22, 2010, we entered into a $75.0 million
second lien term note (the Term Loan Agreement).
This Term Loan Agreement requires principal payments of
$5.0 million by the end of the third fiscal quarter of
2011, an additional $6.0 million by the end of the third
fiscal quarter of 2012 and an additional $7.0 million by
the end of the third fiscal quarter of 2013. Two additional
principal payments are due in $1,750,000 installments, with the
first installment due at the end of fiscal year 2013 and the
second installment due at the end of the first fiscal quarter of
2014. The remaining outstanding principal amount is due at
maturity, on April 23, 2014. Borrowings under the facility
bear interest at our option of ABR Loan (defined as the greater
of the Federal funds rate, the adjusted one-month LIBOR rate or
3%) plus 8% or LIBOR plus 9%, with LIBOR having a floor of 2%.
The Term Loan Agreement requires the maintenance of certain
financial ratios, as described in the Term Loan Agreement, and
contains customary events of default. Balances outstanding under
the Term Loan Agreement are secured by a second lien on trade
receivables and inventory, as well as a first lien on all of our
other assets.
On October 22, 2010, we issued $15.0 million in senior
subordinated notes due October 22, 2014 (the PIK
Notes). Pursuant to the terms of a note purchase agreement
dated as of that date (the Note Purchase Agreement),
the PIK Notes bear interest at 20% and accrete interest every
six months. The PIK Notes require the maintenance of certain
financial ratios, as described in the Note Purchase Agreement,
and contain customary events of default.
43
Borrowings under the Term Loan Agreement and the PIK Notes were
used to finance the Class A unit redemption, repay debt and
pay related fees and expenses. We intend to use the proceeds of
this offering, together with borrowings under our new senior
secured credit facilities, to redeem or repurchase all of the
PIK Notes and to repay all of the principal and interest
outstanding under our existing senior secured credit facilities.
For a description of our new senior secured credit facilities,
see the information under the caption Description of Our
Indebtedness New Senior Secured Credit
Facilities.
In 2006, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement which
expired in January 2011. This interest rate swap agreement had
an initial notional amount of $21.8 million and called for
us to pay interest at a fixed rate of 4.86% while receiving
interest for the same period at one-month LIBOR on the same
notional principal amount. The swap was entered into as a hedge
against LIBOR movements on variable rate indebtedness totaling
over $36.5 million at LIBOR plus a spread based upon our
attainment of certain financial ratios. One-month LIBOR was
0.2615% as of March 25, 2011. The swap agreement did not
qualify for hedge accounting under Accounting Standards
Codification, or ASC, 815, Derivatives and Hedging.
Our capital expenditures, excluding cash paid for acquisitions,
for the 2010 fiscal year were $1.1 million. Our capital
expenditures for the quarter ended March 25, 2011 were
$389,000. We believe that our capital expenditures, excluding
cash paid for acquisitions, for fiscal 2011 will be between
$1.0 million and $2.0 million and for fiscal 2012 will
be between $7.5 million and $9.0 million. We expect to
finance these requirements with cash generated from operations
and borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Our planned
capital projects will provide both new and expanded facilities
and improvement to our technology that we believe will produce
increased efficiency and the capacity to continue to support the
growth of our customer base. Future investments and acquisitions
will be financed through either internally generated cash flow,
borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities
negotiated at the time of the potential acquisition or issuance
of our common stock.
Net cash provided by operations was $13.5 million for the
year ended December 24, 2010, an increase of
$1.6 million from the $11.9 million provided by
operations for the year ended December 25, 2009. The
primary reasons for the change was the $6.9 million
increase in net income offset by an increase of
$0.9 million in working capital and a $2.5 million
increase in deferred tax assets. The increase in working capital
was principally the result of an increase in trade and other
accounts receivable of $5.4 million, an increase of
$0.7 million in prepaid expenses and other assets, an
increase of $0.5 million in inventory levels, offset by a
$4.7 million increase in trade payables and other accrued
liabilities, as well as a $0.2 million increase in income
and sales tax payable, while the increase in the deferred tax
assets resulted principally from our limited liability company
subsidiaries electing to be taxed as C-corporations
prior to our redemption of the class A units in October
2010. Net cash provided by operations was $11.9 million for
the year ended December 25, 2009, an increase of
$10.3 million from the $1.6 million provided by
operating activities for the year ended December 26, 2008.
The increase in net cash provided by operating activities was
primarily the result of a $6.8 million increase in net
income over fiscal 2008, together with no significant change in
working capital. In 2008 working capital increased by
$3.1 million, which was driven by a significant reduction
in trade payables. Net cash provided by operations of
$1.6 million for the year ended December 26, 2008 was
the result of slightly lower levels of net income and a
$3.2 million increase in working capital resulting from a
$6.1 million reduction in accounts payable and accrued
liabilities reflecting managements decision to pay
suppliers more timely, offset by a $2.5 million decrease in
inventory levels and a $2.4 million decrease in trade
accounts receivable.
Net cash provided by operations was $3.1 million for the
quarter ended March 25, 2011, an increase of
$0.6 million from the $2.5 million provided by
operations for the quarter ended March 26, 2010. The
increase was driven by higher net income taking into account
non-cash items such as amortization of original issue discount
as well as PIK interest on our senior subordinated notes.
Net cash used in investing activities remained flat
year-over-year, with $4.9 million used in fiscal 2010 and
$4.8 million used in fiscal 2009. The largest component of
cash used in investing activities in each of fiscal 2009 and
fiscal 2010 was cash paid for acquisitions. We expect that our
cash paid for acquisitions will be higher in fiscal 2011 than
fiscal 2010 as a result of our acquisition of certain assets of
Harry Wils & Co. Net cash used in investing activities was
$5.8 million for the year ended December 26, 2008. The
decrease in the fiscal 2009 compared to the fiscal 2008 was
primarily due to lower capital expenditures.
44
Net cash used in investing activities was $0.4 million for
the quarter ended March 25, 2011, a decrease of
$0.1 million from the $0.5 million used in investing
activities for the quarter ended March 26, 2010. The
decrease was primarily due to lower capital expenditures in the
quarter ended March 25, 2011, as well as the fact that we
did not redeem any of our class C units in the first
quarter of 2011 as we had in the first quarter of 2010.
Net cash used in financing activities also remained relatively
flat year-over-year despite significant movements between debt
and equity. We used $7.6 million in fiscal 2010 and
$7.8 million in fiscal 2009. We incurred net borrowings of
approximately $68.8 million during fiscal 2010 that were
used for the redemption of our Class A units
($68.3 million) and the associated fees to obtain the
financing. Net cash provided by financing activities was
$3.6 million for the year ended December 26, 2008,
primarily due to financing related to an acquisition, partially
offset by repayments on long-term debt. For a description of our
new senior secured credit facilities which we expect to enter
into in connection with the consummation of this offering, see
the information under the caption Description of Our
Indebtedness New Senior Secured Credit
Facilities.
Net cash used in financing activities was $3.9 million for
the quarter ended March 25, 2011, an increase of
$2.3 million from the $1.5 million used in financing
activities for the quarter ended March 26, 2010. This
increase was the result of $0.7 million of higher payments
under our Term Loan Agreement as well as an increase of
$1.7 million in payments applied to the revolver portion of
our Credit Agreement. The increase in payments under the
revolver portion of our Credit Agreement was funded by higher
cash provided by operations, a decrease in the amount of cash
used in investing activities as well as a decrease in cash on
hand of $1.1 million.
Commitments and
Contingencies
The following schedule summarizes our contractual obligations
and commercial commitments as of December 24, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LESS THAN
|
|
|
1-3
|
|
|
3-5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
|
ONE YEAR
|
|
|
YEARS
|
|
|
YEARS
|
|
|
THEREAFTER
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Inventory purchase commitments
|
|
$
|
5,576
|
|
|
$
|
5,576
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Indebtedness (1)
|
|
$
|
99,525
|
|
|
$
|
16,945
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
12,010
|
|
|
$
|
70,570
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Long-term non-capitalized leases
|
|
$
|
23,373
|
|
|
$
|
6,674
|
|
|
$
|
10,082
|
|
|
$
|
5,272
|
|
|
$
|
1,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
128,474
|
|
|
$
|
29,195
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
22,092
|
|
|
$
|
75,842
|
|
|
$
|
1,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
For a description of the reduction in our indebtedness that will
result from this offering, see Use of Proceeds and
Capitalization.
|
|
(2)
|
Reflects the inclusion of $12.2 million of borrowings under
our senior secured revolving credit facility which are included
within the current portion of long-term debt on our balance
sheet despite not being due until October 22, 2013.
|
The indebtedness and non-capitalized lease obligations shown
above exclude interest payments due. A portion of the
indebtedness obligations shown reflect the expiration of the
credit facility, not necessarily the underlying individual
borrowings. In addition, cash to be paid for income taxes is
excluded from the table above.
One of our subsidiaries, Dairyland USA Corporation, subleases
one of its distribution centers from an entity controlled by our
founders, The Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC. The Chefs
Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC leases the distribution center from
the New York City Industrial Development Agency. In connection
with this sublease arrangement, Dairyland USA Corporation is
required to act as guarantor of The Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co.,
LLCs mortgage obligation on the distribution center. The
mortgage payoff date is December 2029 and the potential
obligation under this guarantee totaled $11.7 million at
March 25, 2011. The Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC has
the ability to opt out of its lease agreement with the New York
City Industrial Development Agency by giving 60 days
notice. This action would cause the concurrent reduction in the
term of the sublease with Dairyland USA Corporation to December
2014.
We had outstanding letters of credit of approximately $120,000
at both December 24, 2010 and March 25, 2011.
All of our assets are pledged as collateral to secure our
borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities.
45
Seasonality
Generally, we do not experience any material seasonality.
However, our sales and operating results may vary from quarter
to quarter due to factors such as changes in our operating
expenses, managements ability to execute our operating and
growth strategies, personnel changes, demand for natural
products, supply shortages and general economic conditions.
Inflation
Our profitability is dependent, among other things, on our
ability to anticipate and react to changes in the costs of key
operating resources, including food and other raw materials,
labor, energy and other supplies and services. Substantial
increases in costs and expenses could impact our operating
results to the extent that such increases cannot be passed along
to our customers. The impact of inflation on food, labor, energy
and occupancy costs can significantly affect the profitability
of our operations.
Recently Issued
Financial Accounting Standards
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or
FASB, issued ASC 805, Business Combinations
(ASC 805). ASC 805 continues to require the
purchase method of accounting for business combinations and the
identification and recognition of intangible assets separately
from goodwill. ASC 805 requires the buyer to, among other
things: (1) account for the fair value of assets and
liabilities acquired as of the acquisition date (i.e., a
fair value model rather than a cost
allocation model); (2) expense acquisition-related
costs; (3) recognize assets or liabilities assumed arising
from contractual contingencies at the acquisition date using
acquisition-date fair values; (4) recognize goodwill as the
excess of the consideration transferred plus the fair value of
any non-controlling interest over the acquisition-date fair
value of net assets acquired; (5) recognize at acquisition
any contingent consideration using acquisition-date fair values
(i.e., fair value earn-outs in the initial accounting for the
acquisition); and (6) eliminate the recognition of
liabilities for restructuring costs expected to be incurred as a
result of the business combination. ASC 805 also defines a
bargain purchase as a business combination where the
total acquisition-date fair value of the identifiable net assets
acquired exceeds the fair value of the consideration transferred
plus the fair value of any non-controlling interest. Under this
circumstance, the buyer is required to recognize such excess
(formerly referred to as negative goodwill) in
earnings as a gain. In addition, if the buyer determines that
some or all of its previously booked deferred tax valuation
allowance is no longer needed as a result of the business
combination, ASC 805 requires that the reduction or
elimination of the valuation allowance be accounted as a
reduction of income tax expense. ASC 805 is effective for
fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We
have applied ASC 805 to the acquisitions consummated after
December 26, 2008, described herein and will apply
ASC 805 to any future acquisitions.
In December 2007, the FASB issued ASC 810,
Consolidation. This statement establishes accounting and
reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a
subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. This
statement is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after
December 15, 2008. The adoption of ASC 810 did not
have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
In April 2008, the FASB issued
ASC 350-30,
Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets.
ASC 350-30
amends the factors that should be considered in developing
renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful
life of a recognized intangible asset under ASC 350,
Intangibles Goodwill and Other. The intent of
ASC 350-30
is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a
recognized intangible asset and the period of expected cash
flows used to measure the fair value of the asset.
ASC 350-30
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption
of ASC
350-30 did
not have a material effect on our consolidated financial
statements.
In June 2008, the FASB issued
ASC 260-10,
Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based
Payment Transactions are Participating Securities.
ASC 260-10
provides that unvested share-based payment awards that contain
non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents
(whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall
be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to
the two-class method.
ASC 260-10
is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2008 and interim periods
within those years.
ASC 260-10
requires that all earnings per share data presented for prior
periods be adjusted retrospectively (including interim financial
statements, summaries of earnings and selected financial
46
data) to conform. The adoption of
ASC 260-10
did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial
statements in the periods presented.
Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Interest Rate
Risk
We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with our
borrowings under our existing senior secured credit facilities,
which provide for (i) a $75.0 million term loan
facility and (ii) a revolving credit facility under which
we may borrow up to $25.0 million (including a sublimit cap
of up to $1.0 million for letters of credit and up to
$5.0 million for swing-line loans). As of December 24,
2010 and March 25, 2011, approximately $86.0 and
$82.2 million, respectively, of principal amount of loans
were outstanding under our existing senior secured credit
facilities. Borrowings under our existing term loan facility
bear interest, at our option, at a rate equal to the greater of
the federal funds rate, the adjusted one month London Interbank
Offered Rate, or LIBOR, or 3%, in each case plus 8%, or LIBOR
plus 9%, with LIBOR having a 2% floor. Borrowings under our
existing revolving credit facility bear interest, at our option,
at a rate per annum based on the administrative agents
prime rate, plus a margin of up to 1.25%, or LIBOR, plus a
margin of up to 3.5%, with the margins determined by certain
financial ratios. Floating rate debt, like our senior secured
credit facilities, where the interest rate fluctuates
periodically, exposes us to short-term changes in market
interest rates.
In 2006, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement which
expired in January 2011. This interest rate swap agreement had
an initial notional amount of $21.8 million and called for
us to pay interest at a fixed rate of 4.86% while receiving
interest for the same period at one-month LIBOR on the same
notional principal amount. The swap was entered into as a hedge
against LIBOR movements on variable rate indebtedness totaling
over $36.5 million at LIBOR plus a spread based upon our
attainment of certain financial ratios. With the expiration of
this interest rate swap, all of our outstanding indebtedness
under our senior secured credit facilities is exposed to
short-term changes in market interest rates.
Because of interest rate floors embedded in our existing senior
secured credit facilities, a 100 basis-point increase in market
interest rates on our existing senior secured credit facilities
would result in a decrease in net earnings and cash flows of
less than $0.1 million per annum, after tax, holding other
variables constant.
47
OUR
BUSINESS
Company
Overview
We are a premier distributor of specialty food products in the
United States. We are focused on serving the specific needs of
chefs who own
and/or
operate some of the nations leading menu-driven
independent restaurants, fine dining establishments, country
clubs, hotels, caterers, culinary schools and specialty food
stores. We believe that we have a distinct competitive advantage
in serving these customers as a result of our extensive
selection of distinctive and
hard-to-find
specialty food products, our product knowledge and our customer
service.
We define specialty food products as gourmet foods and
ingredients that are of the highest grade, quality or style as
measured by their uniqueness, exotic origin or particular
processing method. Our product portfolio includes over 11,500
SKUs and is comprised primarily of imported and domestic
specialty food products, such as artisan charcuterie, specialty
cheeses, unique oils and vinegars, hormone-free protein,
truffles, caviar and chocolate. We also offer an extensive line
of broadline food products, including cooking oils, butter,
eggs, milk and flour. Our core customers are chefs, and we
believe that, by offering a wide selection of both distinctive
and
hard-to-find
specialty products, together with staple broadline food
products, we are able to differentiate ourselves from larger,
traditional broadline foodservice distributors, while
simultaneously enabling our customers to utilize us as their
primary foodservice distributor.
Founded in 1985 as Dairyland USA Corporation, a distributor of
butter, eggs and select specialty food products in the New York
metropolitan area, we focus our sales efforts on developing
relationships with the chefs who own or operate independent
restaurants, fine dining establishments, country clubs, hotels,
caterers, culinary schools and specialty food stores in six of
the nations leading culinary markets, including New York,
Washington, D.C., Los Angeles, San Francisco, Las
Vegas and Miami. Our more than 7,000 customer locations include
many of the leading independent restaurants in each of our
markets. By leveraging an experienced and sophisticated sales
force of approximately 125 sales professionals, we maintain
collaborative relationships with thousands of chefs while also
acting as a critical marketing arm and
route-to-market
for many of our suppliers. Operating out of seven distribution
centers and providing service six days a week in many of our
service areas, we utilize our fleet of delivery trucks to fill
an average of 11,000 orders weekly.
Since the formation of our predecessor in 1985, we have expanded
our distribution network, product selection and customer base
both organically and through acquisitions. From fiscal 2009 to
fiscal 2010, net revenues, net income and EBITDA increased
approximately $59.0 million, $6.9 million and
$8.7 million, respectively, to $330.1 million,
$15.9 million and $24.6 million, respectively. Net
revenues, net income and EBITDA for the three months ended
March 25, 2011 were $83.2 million, $1.0 million
and $5.5 million, respectively, increases of
$13.2 million, $0.7 million and $1.8 million,
respectively, over the comparable period in fiscal 2010. Pro
forma net income for fiscal 2010 was $ . See footnote 3 to the
Summary Consolidated Financial Data for a reconciliation of
EBITDA to adjusted EBITDA and the information under the caption
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial
Statements beginning on
page F-21
for the calculation of pro forma net income for fiscal 2010 and
the three months ended March 25, 2011. During these periods
and in prior years, our sales to both new and existing customers
have increased as a result of an increase in the breadth and
depth of our product portfolio, our commitment to customer
service, the efforts of our experienced and sophisticated sales
professionals, the increased use of technology in the operations
and management of our business and our ongoing consolidation of
the fragmented specialty foodservice distribution industry,
including acquisitions in San Francisco,
Washington, D.C., Miami and New York City since 2007.
Our Market
Opportunity
The United States foodservice distribution industry recorded
sales of $191.0 billion in 2009, according to industry
sources. The industry, which includes more than 16,500
distributors, is highly fragmented, with the largest broadline
distributors, Sysco Corporation and U.S. Foodservice, Inc.,
accounting for only 17% and 9%, respectively, of total industry
sales. These 16,500 distributors service an equally fragmented
end-market which is comprised of more than 550,000 customer
locations, including chain and non-chain, independent
restaurants, country clubs, hotels, caterers, hospitals,
schools, military installations, correctional facilities and
other institutional customer locations. The largest customer
segment for the foodservice distribution industry is
restaurants, which accounted for an estimated
$110.0 billion of distribution sales in 2009. The
restaurant segment is dominated by large chain
48
restaurants, the top 100 of which accounted for 55.9% of retail
sales in 2009. Conversely, smaller chain and non-chain,
independent restaurants, which we define as our target market,
accounted for 44.1% of retail sales in 2009.
Competitive
Strengths
We believe that, during our
26-year
history, we have achieved, developed
and/or
refined the following strengths which provide us with a distinct
competitive position in the foodservice distribution industry
and also the opportunity to achieve superior margins relative to
most large broadline foodservice distributors:
Leading Distributor of Specialty Food Products in Many of the
Key Culinary Markets. Based on our
managements industry knowledge and experience, we believe
we are the largest distributor of specialty food products in the
New York, Washington, D.C., San Francisco and Los
Angeles metro markets as measured by net sales. We believe these
markets, along with a number of other markets we serve,
including Las Vegas, Miami, Philadelphia, Boston and Napa
Valley, create and set the culinary trends for the rest of the
United States and provide us with valuable insight into the
latest culinary and menu practices. Furthermore, we believe our
established relationships with many of the top chefs, culinary
schools and dining establishments in these key culinary markets
have benefited us when we entered into new markets where we
believe that chefs at our potential customers were generally
knowledgeable of our brand and commitment to quality and
excellence from their experience working in other markets which
we serve or through their personal relationships throughout the
culinary industry.
Expansive Product Offering. We offer an
extensive portfolio of high-quality specialty food products,
ranging from basic ingredients and staples, such as milk and
flour, to delicacies and specialty ingredients sourced from
North America, Europe, Asia and South America, which we believe
helps our customers distinguish their menu items. According to
Mintel Group Ltd., the average specialty food distributor
carries only 1,609 SKUs. In comparison, we carry more than
11,500 SKUs, including approximately 7,000 that are
in-stock every day, and we constantly evaluate our portfolio and
introduce new products to address regional trends and
preferences and ensure that we are on the leading edge of
broader culinary trends. Through our importing division, we
provide our customers with access to a portfolio of exclusive
items, including regional olive oils, truffles and charcuterie
from Italy, Spain, France and other Mediterranean countries. In
addition, and as evidence of our commitment to aid our customers
in creating unique and innovative menu items, we regularly
utilize our sourcing relationships and industry insights to
procure additional products that we do not regularly carry but
that our customers specifically request. We believe that the
breadth and depth of our product portfolio facilitates our
customers ability to distinguish and enhance their menu
offerings and differentiates us from larger traditional
broadline foodservice distributors. For example, we provide a
selection of more than 125 different varieties of olive oil,
while large broadline foodservice distributors only carry, on
average, 5-10 types of olive oil.
In addition, we carry numerous gourmet brands, and at the same
time, we also seek to maximize product contribution through the
sale of our proprietary brands, which we offer in a number of
staple products, including bulk olive oil, Italian grating
cheeses and butter. We believe that our ability to offer
simultaneously high-quality specialty foods and ingredients and
more traditional broadline staple food products provides our
customers with foodservice distribution solutions that are
efficient and cost effective.
Critical
Route-to-Market
for Specialty Food Suppliers. We currently
distribute products from more than 1,000 different suppliers,
with no single supplier currently representing more than 5% of
our total disbursements. Our suppliers are located throughout
North America, Europe, Asia and South America and include
numerous small, family-owned entities and artisanal food
producers. We are the largest customer for many of our
suppliers. As a result, our experienced and sophisticated sales
professionals, customer relationships and distribution platform
are critical to these suppliers
route-to-market,
which provides us with greater leverage in our relationships
with the suppliers and also enables us to offer a wide range of
products on an exclusive basis.
Expanding Base of Premier Customer
Relationships. Our breadth and depth of product
offerings coupled with our highly regarded customer service has
allowed us to develop and retain a loyal customer base that is
comprised of chefs who own or work at more than 7,000 of the
nations leading menu-driven independent restaurants, fine
dining establishments, country clubs, hotels, caterers, culinary
schools and specialty food stores. By offering an extensive
portfolio of specialty food products, many of which are in-stock
every day, as well as many staple broadline food products, we
have the ability to serve as our customers primary
foodservice distributor. Our focus on product selection, product
knowledge and customer service has rewarded us with a number of
long-term customer
49
relationships, which often begin when chefs are introduced to us
while attending the nations leading culinary schools,
including The Culinary Institute of America and The French
Culinary Institute, both of which have been customers of ours
for more than five years. In a continuous effort to capture
market share, we remain focused on expanding our customer base,
and we enjoy no meaningful customer concentration, as we serve
multiple geographic markets and our top 10 customers accounted
for less than 10% of total net revenue for the year ended
December 24, 2010.
Collaborative Professional and Educational Relationships with
our Customers. We employ a sophisticated and
experienced sales force of approximately 125 sales
professionals, the majority of whom have formal culinary
training, degrees in the culinary arts or prior experience
working in the culinary industry. Equipped with advanced
culinary and industry knowledge, our sales professionals seek to
establish a rapport with our customers so that they can more
fully understand and anticipate the needs of and offer
cost-effective food product solutions to the chefs that own or
operate these businesses. We believe that the specialized
knowledge base of our sales professionals enables us to take a
more collaborative and educational approach to selling our
gourmet foods and ingredients and to further differentiate
ourselves from our traditional broadline competitors.
Expertise in Logistics and Distribution. We
have built a first-class, scalable inventory management and
logistics platform that enables us to efficiently fill an
average of 11,000 orders each week and to profitably meet our
customers needs for varying drop sizes, high service
levels and timely delivery. Our average distribution service
levels, or the percentage of in-stock items ordered by customers
that were delivered by the requested date, was in excess of 99%
in 2010, which we believe is among the highest rates in the
foodservice distribution industry. With distribution centers
located in New York, Los Angeles, San Francisco, Washington
D.C., Las Vegas and Miami, we are able to leverage our
geographic footprint and reduce our inbound freight costs. This
scale enables us to maintain a portfolio of more than
11,500 SKUs through the operation of our sophisticated
information technology, inventory management and logistics
systems, which we believe allows us to provide our customers
with the highest level of customer service and responsiveness in
our industry.
Moreover, we have made significant investments since the
beginning of 2007 to develop our information technology platform
in an effort to ensure that our customers orders are
filled and delivered efficiently and on time, usually within
12-24 hours
following order placement. We employ routing and logistics
planning software which we believe maximizes the number of daily
deliveries that each of our trucks can make, while also allowing
us to make deliveries within each of our customers
preferred 2-3 hour time windows. We also use GPS and
vehicle monitoring technology to regularly monitor the condition
of our delivery trucks and measure our drivers
performance, enabling proactive fleet maintenance, excellent
customer service and improved risk management. To determine
optimal inventory levels, we utilize advanced forecasting
algorithms. Additionally, we currently employ an integrated
warehouse management system in our New York distribution
facilities to track inventory and manage working capital, and we
plan to integrate this system into the remainder of our
distribution facilities by the end of 2011.
Experienced and Proven Management Team. Our
senior management team has demonstrated the ability to grow the
business through various economic environments. With collective
experience of more than 60 years at The Chefs
Warehouse and its predecessor, our founders and senior
management are experienced operators and are passionate about
our future. Our senior management team is comprised of our
founders as well as experienced professionals with expertise in
a wide range of functional areas, including finance, sales and
marketing, information technology and human resources. We
believe our management team and employee base is, and will
remain, highly motivated as they will continue to own
approximately % of our common stock upon
consummation of this offering.
Our Growth
Strategies
We believe substantial organic growth opportunities exist in our
current markets through increased penetration of our existing
customers and the addition of new customers, and we have
identified new markets that we believe also present
opportunities for future expansion. Key elements of our growth
strategy include the following:
Increase Penetration with Existing
Customers. We intend to sell more products to our
existing customers by increasing the breadth and depth of our
product selection and increasing the efficiency of our sales
professionals, while at the same time continuing to provide
excellent customer service. We are a data-driven and
goal-oriented organization, and we are highly focused on
increasing the number of unique products we distribute to each
customer and our weekly gross profit contribution from each
customer. Based on our managements industry experience and
50
our relationships and dealings with our customers, we believe we
are the primary distributor of specialty food products to the
majority of our customers, and we intend to maintain that
position while adding to the number of customers for which we
serve as their primary distributor of specialty food products.
Expand our Customer Base Within our Existing
Markets. As of December 24, 2010, we served
more than 7,000 customer locations in the United States. We plan
to expand our market share in the fragmented specialty food
distribution industry by cultivating new customer relationships
within our existing markets through the continued penetration of
independent restaurants, fine dining establishments, country
clubs, hotels, caterers, culinary schools and specialty food
stores. We believe we have the opportunity to continue to gain
market share in our existing markets by offering an extensive
selection of specialty food products as well as traditional
broadline staple food products through our unique, collaborative
and educational sales efforts and efficient, scalable
distribution solution.
Continue to Improve our Operating Margins. As
we continue to grow, we believe we can improve our operating
margins by continuing to leverage our inventory management and
logistics platform and our general and administrative functions
to yield both improved customer service and profitability.
Utilizing our fleet of delivery trucks, we fill an average of
11,000 customer orders weekly, usually within 12-24 hours
of order placement. We intend to continue to offer our customers
this high level of customer service while maintaining our focus
on realizing efficiencies and economies of scale in purchasing,
warehousing, distribution and general and administrative
functions which, when combined with incremental fixed-cost
leverage, we believe will lead to continued improvements in our
operating margin.
Pursue Selective Acquisitions. Throughout our
26-year
history, we have successfully identified, consummated and
integrated multiple new market and tuck-in acquisitions. We
believe we have improved the operations and overall
profitability of each acquired company by leveraging our
sourcing relationships to provide an expanded product portfolio,
implementing our tested sales force training techniques and
metrics and installing improved warehouse management and
information systems. We believe we have the opportunity to
capitalize on our existing infrastructure and expertise by
continuing to selectively pursue opportunistic acquisitions in
order to expand the breadth of our distribution network,
increase our operating efficiency and add additional products
and capabilities.
We believe there are a number of markets in the United States
that would support our business model. Each of these markets
maintains a high density of independent restaurants, fine dining
establishments, country clubs, hotels, caterers, culinary
schools and specialty food stores that are currently served by
multiple specialty foodservice distributors, each of which we
believe lacks our product selection, experienced and
sophisticated sales professionals, commitment to customer
service, scale and infrastructure. Additionally, we continue to
compete with several smaller local or regional competitors
within each of our existing markets. Industry sources estimate
that there are more than 2,000 specialty foodservice
distributors in the United States with sales between
$10.0 million and $70.0 million. Although all of these
distributors may not prove to be attractive acquisition targets
for us, we believe that, as a premier specialty foodservice
distributor in the United States, we are well positioned to
further consolidate the fragmented specialty foodservice
distribution industry.
Our Markets and
the Customers that We Serve
We distribute our specialty food products to over 7,000 distinct
customer locations from distribution centers located in our six
primary markets, which include New York, Washington, D.C.,
San Francisco, Los Angeles, Las Vegas and Miami. We also
serve customers in a number of other markets including
Philadelphia, Boston and Napa Valley. We believe that these
markets collectively set the culinary trends for the rest of the
United States and provide us with valuable insight into the
latest culinary and menu trends. We have the unique ability to
service the nations most demanding chefs through the
establishment of collaborative professional and educational
relationships which allows us to anticipate the needs of and
offer cost-effective food product solutions to our customers
while allowing our customers to locate ingredients that will
enable them to create unique and differentiated menu items. Our
target customers include menu-driven independent restaurants,
fine dining establishments, country clubs, hotels, caterers,
culinary schools and specialty food stores. We enjoy no
meaningful customer concentration as our top 10 customers
accounted for less than 10% of total net revenue for our 2010
fiscal year.
51
Set forth below is a breakdown of the geographic markets we
serve, the year we entered each market:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MARKET NAME
|
|
GEOGRAPHIES SERVED
|
|
YEAR ENTERED
|
|
|
New York
|
|
Boston to Atlantic City
|
|
|
1985
|
|
Washington, D.C.
|
|
Philadelphia to Richmond
|
|
|
1999
|
|
Los Angeles
|
|
Santa Barbara to San Diego
|
|
|
2005
|
|
San Francisco
|
|
Napa Valley to Monterey Bay
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Las Vegas
|
|
Las Vegas
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Miami
|
|
Miami
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
Although we believe we are the largest specialty food
distributor in the majority of our markets, we remain focused on
expanding our existing customer base and increasing the average
order size and profitability of our existing customers. We
believe that we currently distribute one or more products on a
weekly basis to more than 60% of our addressable market in the
New York metropolitan area and between 20%-30% of our
addressable market in the other markets that we serve. We define
our addressable market as independent restaurants with an
average entrée price of greater than $15.00 according to an
online menu aggregator that provides detailed menu listings for
various markets around the country.
We extend credit to virtually all of our customers on varying
terms with average payment maturities of approximately
21 days. We complete a formal credit assessment of all new
customers, and our Credit and Collections Department, which
consists of 11 full-time employees, regularly evaluates
credit terms for each individual customer based upon several
factors, including order frequency, average order size, the
types of products purchased and the length of the relationship.
We believe that we are skilled at managing customer credit as
evidenced by our historical write-offs which have averaged
approximately 0.32% over the past three years.
We believe our established relationships with many of the top
chefs, culinary schools and fine dining establishments in our
existing culinary markets benefited us when we entered into new
markets where we believe that potential customers were generally
knowledgeable of our brand and commitment to quality and
excellence from their experience working in other markets which
we serve or through their personal relationships throughout the
culinary industry.
Our Specialty
Food Products
We strive to be the primary food source solution for our
customers, and, to this end, we offer our customers a
comprehensive product portfolio that ranges from staple
broadline products, such as milk and flour, to high-quality,
specialty food products and ingredients sourced from North
America, Europe, Asia and South America. We carry more than
11,500 SKUs, including 7,000 that are in-stock every day, and we
are fully committed to utilizing our sourcing relationships and
industry insights to procure products that we do not regularly
carry but that our customers specifically request as they seek
to create unique and innovative menu items.
We continuously evaluate potential additions to our product
portfolio based on both existing and anticipated trends in the
culinary industry. Our buyers have numerous contacts with
suppliers throughout North America, South America, Europe and
Asia and are always looking for new and interesting products
that will aid our customers as they seek to keep up with the
latest developments in the culinary industry. Our ability to
successfully distribute a significant portion of the total
production of smaller, regional and artisanal specialty food
producers allows us the opportunity to be these producers
primary
route-to-market
in our markets without, in most cases, requiring us to make
contractual commitments regarding guaranteed volume. We are also
able to utilize our size and successful track record of
distributing products sourced from outside the United States to
resist efforts from many of our foreign suppliers to push
importing costs off onto us.
We seek to differentiate ourselves from our competitors by
offering a more extensive depth and breadth of specialty
products. We carry a wide range of high-quality specialty food
products including artisan charcuterie, specialty cheeses,
unique oils and vinegars, hormone-free protein, truffles, caviar
and chocolate across each of our markets, but we also offer a
number of items in each of our respective markets that are
tailored to meet the unique preferences of the individual chefs
in that market. We regularly rotate our inventory to identify
and bring to market new products that will continue to support
our value proposition.
52
Within our product offerings, we carry numerous gourmet brands,
and at the same time, we also seek to maximize product
contribution through the sale of our proprietary brands, which
we offer in a number of staple products, including bulk olive
oil, Italian grating cheeses and butter. We believe that our
ability to offer simultaneously high-quality specialty foods and
ingredients and more traditional broadline staple food products
provides our customers with foodservice distribution solutions
that are efficient and cost effective.
Our Sophisticated
and Experienced Sales Professionals
We employ a sophisticated and experienced sales force of
approximately 125 sales professionals focused on meeting our
customers goals and objectives while concurrently
educating them regarding our latest products and broader
culinary trends. To ensure a high level of customer service, we
seek to maintain a ratio of approximately one sales professional
for every 65 customers. Our sales force is composed of the
following three distinct groups which are all focused on
providing outstanding service to our customers:
|
|
|
|
|
Outside Sales Associates: Responsible for
identifying sales opportunities, educating customers and acting
as our public representatives.
|
|
|
Inside Sales Associates: Responsible for
processing customer orders and arranging for delivery and
payment.
|
|
|
Product Specialists: Responsible for
maintaining specialized product knowledge and educating our
outside sales associates and customers regarding new products
and general developments in several specific categories
including protein, seafood, pastry and cheese.
|
The majority of our sales professionals have formal culinary
training, degrees in the culinary arts
and/or prior
experience working in the culinary industry. We strive to
harness this culinary knowledge and passion for food and to
concurrently promote an entrepreneurial working environment.
Utilizing advanced pricing optimization software available to
them on a real-time basis, our sales professionals are afforded
flexibility to determine the pricing of individual items for our
customers within a range of pricing options. The majority of our
sales professionals are compensated on a commission basis, and
their performance is measured primarily upon their gross profit
dollars obtained. We have historically experienced low turnover
among our seasoned sales professionals.
Because we are highly focused on collaborating with our
customers and educating them regarding our latest products and
broader culinary trends, we view the ongoing education and
training of our sales force as crucial to our continued success.
To ensure that our sales professionals remain on the forefront
of new culinary products and trends, we regularly hold
vendor shows at our distribution centers where our
sales force is able to interact with vendors and learn more
about the vendors latest product offerings and the
performance of these products relative to competitive offerings.
Our
Suppliers
We are committed to providing our customers with an unrivaled
portfolio of specialty food products as well as a comprehensive
broadline product offering. To fulfill this commitment, we
maintain strong sourcing relationships with numerous producers
of high-quality artisan and regional specialty food products as
well as a wide range of broadline product suppliers. Our
importing arm also provides us with access to exclusive items
such as regional olive oils, truffles and charcuterie sourced
from Italy, Spain, France and other Mediterranean countries.
We constantly seek out and evaluate new products in order to
satisfy our customers desire to be at the forefront of the
latest culinary and menu trends, and, as evidence of our
commitment to aid our customers in creating unique and
innovative menu items, we regularly utilize our sourcing
relationships and industry insights to procure other products
that we do not regularly carry but that our customers
specifically request.
We currently distribute products from more than 1,000 different
suppliers and no single supplier represented more than 5% of our
total disbursements for the quarter ended March 25, 2011.
We carry multiple products and utilize multiple suppliers in all
of our product categories, thereby eliminating our dependence
upon any single supplier. Additionally, we seek to limit
commodity risk by utilizing sophisticated forecasting and
inventory management systems to minimize the inventory carrying
time of commodity-oriented products and by leveraging the
specialized product knowledge of our Product Specialists to
manage purchasing and inventory levels when appropriate.
53
Our Operations
and Distribution Centers
Operating out of seven distribution centers of varying size and
providing service six days a week in many areas, we utilize our
fleet of delivery trucks to fill an average of 11,000 orders
weekly, usually within
12-24 hours
of order placement. Our average distribution service level, or
the percentage of in-stock items ordered by customers that were
delivered by the requested date, was in excess of 99% as of
fiscal year end 2010, which our management believes is among the
highest in the foodservice distribution industry. To achieve
these high service levels, we have invested significantly in
sophisticated warehousing, inventory control and distribution
systems as described in more detail below.
The following table provides information about our distribution
locations as of December 24, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OVERVIEW OF OUR DISTRIBUTION CENTERS
|
|
NAME/LOCATION
|
|
OWNED / LEASED
|
|
APPROXIMATE SIZE (SQUARE FEET)
|
|
|
Bronx, New York #1
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
Bronx, New York #2
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
55,000
|
|
Hanover, Maryland
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
55,200
|
|
Miami,
Florida (1)
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
Los Angeles, California
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
80,000
|
|
Hayward, California
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
Las Vegas, Nevada
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
11,440
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
371,640
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
We have entered into a lease
agreement for a separate distribution center in the Miami,
Florida area. We expect we will move our Miami operations in the
third quarter of 2011.
|
Our primary New York City distribution facility utilizes a
fully-integrated warehouse management system which provides
real-time inventory visibility across the distribution center
and detailed metrics related to inventory turns. We plan to
integrate this system into the remainder of our distribution
facilities by the end of 2011. Additionally, we have begun to
implement pick-to-voice technology in each of our distribution
facilities which will enable our warehouse employees to fill
orders with greater speed and accuracy.
Products are delivered to our distribution centers primarily by
our fleet of trucks, contract carriers and the suppliers
themselves. We lease our trucks from national leasing companies
and regional firms that offer competitive services. Customer
orders are assembled in our distribution centers and then
sorted, placed on pallets and loaded onto trucks and trailers in
delivery sequence. The majority of our trucks and delivery
trailers have separate, temperature-controlled compartments.
We employ advanced routing and logistics planning software which
maximizes the number of daily deliveries that each of our trucks
can make while also enabling us to make deliveries within each
customers preferred 2-3 hour time window. We also use
GPS and vehicle monitoring technology to regularly evaluate the
condition of our delivery trucks and monitor the performance of
our drivers by tracking their progress relative to their
delivery schedule and providing information regarding hard
braking, idling and fast starts. Our use of this technology
allows us to conduct proactive fleet maintenance, provide timely
customer service and improve our risk management.
54
Our Technology
Systems
We maintain an advanced information technology platform that
enables us to manage our operations across our six markets as we
seek to drive our growth and profitability and ensure that the
needs of our customers are met in an accurate and efficient
manner. We have made significant investments in distribution,
sales, information and warehouse management systems over the
last three years, including the implementation of a
fully-integrated warehouse management system in our primary New
York City distribution facility, which we anticipate will be
installed in our other distribution facilities by the end of
2011. Our systems improvements include the implementation or
enhancement of a web-based purchasing and advanced planning
system that provides advanced forecasting and planning tools,
vehicle monitoring and route optimization software and
pick-to-voice
and directed put-away systems. Over the last three years, we
have also implemented an internally developed, web-based
reporting tool which provides real-time sales, pricing and
profitability analysis for our management and sales
professionals. These improvements have been made in an effort to
improve our efficiency as we continue to grow our business, and
we believe that our current systems are scalable and can be
leveraged to support our future growth.
Intellectual
Property
Except for the Spoleto, Bel Aria, Grand Reserve and The
Chefs Warehouse trademarks, we do not own or have the
right to use any patent, trademark, tradename, license,
franchise or concession, the loss of which would have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results
of operations.
Competition
The foodservice distribution industry is highly competitive. We
compete with numerous smaller distributors on a local level, as
well as with a limited number of national broadline foodservice
distributors. Certain of these distributors have greater
financial and other resources than we do. Bidding for contracts
or arrangements with customers, particularly larger hotels and
caterers, is highly competitive and distributors may market
their services to a particular customer over a long period of
time before they are invited to bid. We believe that most
purchasing decisions in the foodservice distribution industry
are based upon the quality and price of the product distributed
and the distributors ability to completely and accurately
fill orders and deliver them in a timely manner.
Employees
We maintain a dedicated workforce of 189 hourly and 382 salary-
or commission-based employees. We offer attractive compensation
and benefit packages, and none of our workforce is represented
by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Our
management has historically, and plans to continue to, instill a
commitment to quality and excellence throughout our workforce,
stressing personal accountability in all areas of our business.
Regulation
As a distributor of specialty food products in the United
States, we are subject to regulation by numerous federal, state
and local regulatory agencies. For example, at the federal
level, we are subject to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic
Act, the Bioterrorism Act and regulations promulgated by the
FDA. The FDA regulates manufacturing and holding requirements
for foods, specifies the standards of identity for certain foods
and prescribes the format and content of certain information
required to appear on food product labels, among other
responsibilities. For certain product lines, we are also subject
to the Federal Meat Inspection Act, the Poultry Products
Inspection Act, the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, the
Country of Origin Labeling Act and regulations promulgated
thereunder by the USDA. The USDA imposes standards for product
quality and sanitation, including the inspection and labeling of
meat and poultry products and the grading and commercial
acceptance of produce shipments from vendors. In January 2011,
President Obama signed into law the FDA Food Safety
Modernization Act, which greatly expands the FDAs
authority over food safety, including giving the FDA power to
order the recall of unsafe foods, increase inspections at food
processing facilities, issue regulations regarding the sanitary
transportation of food, enhance tracking and tracing
requirements and order the detention of food that it has
reason to believe is adulterated or misbranded,
among other provisions. Our suppliers are also subject to
similar regulatory requirements. We and our suppliers are
subject to inspection by the FDA and the USDA and the failure to
comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in
civil or criminal fines or penalties, product recalls, closure
of facilities or operations, the loss or revocation of existing
licenses, permits or approvals or the failure to obtain
additional licenses, permits or approvals in new jurisdictions
where we intend to do business.
55
We are also subject to state and local regulation through such
measures as the licensing of our facilities, enforcement by
state and local health agencies of state and local standards for
our products and facilities and regulation of our trade
practices in connection with the sale of products. Our
facilities are generally inspected at least annually by federal
and/or state
authorities. These facilities are also subject to inspections
and regulations issued pursuant to the Occupational Safety and
Health Act by the U.S. Department of Labor which require us
to comply with certain manufacturing, health and safety
standards to protect our employees from accidents and to
establish hazard communication programs to transmit information
about the hazards of certain chemicals present in certain
products that we distribute.
Our trucking operations are regulated by the Surface
Transportation Board and the Federal Highway Administration. In
addition, interstate motor carrier operations are subject to
safety requirements prescribed by the U.S. Department of
Transportation and other relevant federal and state agencies.
Such matters as weight and dimension of equipment are also
subject to federal and state regulations. We believe that we are
in substantial compliance with applicable regulatory
requirements relating to our motor carrier operations. Our
failure to comply with the applicable motor carrier regulations
could result in substantial fines or revocation of our operating
permits.
Our operations are subject to a broad range of federal, state
and local environmental health and safety laws and regulations,
including those governing discharges to air, soil and water, the
handling and disposal of hazardous substances and the
investigation and remediation of contamination resulting from
releases of petroleum products and other hazardous substances.
We believe that we are in material compliance with all federal,
state and local regulations applicable to our operations, and
management is unaware of any related issues that may have a
material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition
or results of operations.
Litigation and
Insurance
We may be subject to lawsuits, claims and assessments in the
normal course of business. Our management does not believe that
there are any suits, claims or unasserted claims or assessments
pending which would have a material adverse effect on our
operations or financial condition. We currently have exposure to
pending reimbursement claims brought by the New York State
Workers Compensation Board against former employer members
of self-insured workers compensation trusts. We were
members in two of the trusts at issue and are working with the
New York State Workers Compensation Board to resolve this
matter. We currently estimate exposure at approximately $500,000.
We maintain comprehensive insurance packages with respect to our
facilities, equipment, product liability, directors and
officers, workers compensation and employee matters in
amounts which management believes to be prudent and customary
within the foodservice distribution industry.
56
OUR
MANAGEMENT
Executive
Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth certain information with respect
to our executive officers, directors and director nominees as of
June 27, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
NAME
|
|
AGE
|
|
POSITION
|
|
Christopher
Pappas (1)
|
|
51
|
|
Founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
|
John
Pappas (1)
|
|
47
|
|
Founder, Director and Vice Chairman
|
Dean Facatselis
(1)
|
|
56
|
|
Founder and Director
|
John A. Couri
|
|
70
|
|
Director
|
Kevin Cox
|
|
47
|
|
Director
Nominee (2)
|
John Austin
|
|
49
|
|
Director
Nominee (2)
|
Stephen Hanson
|
|
61
|
|
Director
Nominee (2)
|
Kenneth Clark
|
|
43
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
James Wagner
|
|
41
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
|
Frank ODowd
|
|
53
|
|
Chief Information Officer
|
Patricia Lecouras
|
|
55
|
|
Executive Vice President of Human Resources
|
Alexandros Aldous
|
|
30
|
|
Legal Services Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Christopher Pappas and John Pappas
are brothers. Dean Facatselis is married to Christopher
Pappas and John Pappas sister.
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|
This individual has agreed to
become a director immediately prior to the effectiveness of the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and is
expected to be independent as such term is defined
under The NASDAQ Marketplace Rules.
|
The board of directors believes that each of the directors and
director nominees set forth above has the necessary
qualifications to serve as a member of the board of directors.
Each of our incumbent directors has exhibited during his prior
service as a director the ability to operate cohesively with the
other members of the board of directors. Moreover, the board of
directors believes that each director and director nominee
brings a strong background and skill set to the board of
directors, giving the board of directors as a whole competence
and experience in diverse areas, including corporate governance
and board service, finance, management and foodservice
distribution industry experience.
Each of our directors will be subject to re-election annually
and each of our executive officers is an at-will employee.
Set forth below is a brief description of the business
experience of each of our directors, director nominees and
executive officers, as well as certain specific experiences,
qualifications and skills that led to the board of
directors conclusion that each of the directors and
director nominees set forth below is qualified to serve as a
director:
Christopher Pappas is our founder and has served as our
chief executive officer since 1985 and has been our chairman
since March 1, 2011. He has been our president since
April 11, 2009 and before that was our president from our
formation to January 1, 2007. Prior to founding our
company, Mr. Pappas played basketball professionally in
Europe for several years following his graduation from Adelphi
University in 1981 with a Bachelor of Arts degree in Business
Administration. Mr. Pappas currently oversees all of our
business activities, with a focus on product procurement, sales,
marketing and strategy development. Mr. Pappass
qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his
extensive knowledge of our company and the specialty food
products distribution business and his years of leadership at
the Company.
John Pappas is a founder of our company and currently
serves as our vice chairman, a position he has held since
March 1, 2011. From our founding in 1985 to March 1,
2011, he served as our chief operating officer. He has
25 years of experience in logistics, facility management
and global procurement and oversees our network of distribution
centers nationwide. Mr. Pappas is also active in the
development of our corporate strategy. Mr. Pappass
qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his
extensive knowledge of our company and the specialty food
products distribution industry and his years of leadership at
the Company.
Dean Facatselis is a founder of our company and has been
a director of our company since January 1, 2007. He served
as our chief financial officer from June 1, 1985 to
December 31, 2006. Mr. Facatselis is a certified
public
57
accountant, and he attended Baruch College of the City
University of New York, where earned a Bachelor of Business
Administration degree in 1977. Mr. Facatseliss
qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his
extensive knowledge of our company and the specialty food
products distribution business, his accounting and financial
expertise and his years of leadership at the company.
John A. Couri has been a director of ours since July
2005. Mr. Couri is the president of Couri Foundation, Inc.,
which was founded in 1988 to operate youth programs for
underprivileged children. He is also the president of the
Ridgefield Senior Center Foundation, Inc., which operates a
senior center in Ridgefield, Connecticut. In 1983,
Mr. Couri co-founded Duty Free International (DFI), a New
York Stock Exchange-listed public company, now Duty Free
Americas, and served as president and chief executive officer of
that company until it was sold to BAA in 1997. Mr. Couri
served as a member of the Listed Company Advisory Board of the
New York Stock Exchange from January 1993 to December 1995 and
served as chairman of the Board of Trustees of Syracuse
University from May 2004 to May 2008. Mr. Couri holds a
Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics, with a minor in Business,
from Syracuse University and received an honorary doctorate
degree from Syracuse University in 2008. Mr. Couris
qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his
experiences as having been a founder, president and chief
executive officer of a publicly traded company, his expertise
involving listed companies and his understanding of corporate
finance matters.
Kevin Cox has agreed to join our board of directors
effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Mr. Cox is the executive vice president of human resources
at American Express Company, a global provider of payment
solutions and travel-related services for consumers and
businesses, a position he has held since 2005. Prior to joining
America Express, Mr. Cox spent 16 years at PepsiCo and
Pepsi Bottling Group, where he held positions leading strategy,
business development, technology and human resources. He is a
current member of the board of directors of Corporate Executive
Board Company, a registered public company, and Ability Beyond
Disability, and he served as a member of the board of directors
of Virgin Mobile USA, Inc., a registered public company, from
2007 to 2009. Mr. Cox holds a Master of Labor and
Industrial Relations from Michigan State University and a
Bachelor of Arts from Marshall University. Mr. Coxs
qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his
extensive knowledge of compensation matters, including the
design, implementation and maintenance of compensation programs
for publicly traded companies, as well as his experiences gained
from serving on boards of directors of other publicly traded
companies and his having been involved in the initial public
offering of Pepsi Bottling Group.
John Austin has agreed to join our board of directors
effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Mr. Austin is a founder and the chief financial officer of
The Hilb Group, LLC, a regional mid-market insurance brokerage
firm formed in 2009 which focuses primarily on property and
casualty insurance and employee benefits services. Prior to
joining The Hilb Group in 2009, Mr. Austin was employed by
Performance Food Group Company, or PFG, a Richmond,
Virginia-based publicly traded foodservice distributor, from
1995 to 2009. Mr. Austin served his last six years at PFG
as that companys chief financial officer. Prior to joining
PFG, Mr. Austin spent four years as the assistant
controller for General Medical Corporation, a Richmond,
Virginia-based distributor of medical supplies. He also spent
the first six years of his career in public accounting,
primarily with the Richmond, Virginia office of
Deloitte & Touche. Mr. Austins
qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his
extensive background and experience in finance and the
operations of a public company operating within the foodservice
distribution industry. Furthermore, he will qualify as our
audit committee financial expert, as such term is
defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC.
Stephen Hanson has agreed to join our board of directors
effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Mr. Hanson is the founder and president of B.R. Guest
Restaurants, a New York multi-concept operator that began with
one restaurant in 1987 and has since expanded to over 20
properties in New York City, Las Vegas and Florida.
Mr. Hanson is a member of the Department of Consumer
Affairs Consumers Council for New York City, a position he
has held since January 2011. He also sits on the boards of
directors for Publicolor, a
not-for-profit
organization that uses color, collaboration, design and the
painting process to empower students to transform themselves,
their schools and their communities, and City Harvest, a
not-for-profit
organization dedicated to ending hunger in New York City.
Mr. Hanson earned a business degree from New York
Universitys Stern School of Business in 1976.
Mr. Hansons qualifications to serve on our board of
directors include his more than twenty years of experience in
the restaurant industry, as well as his general business and
investing background.
58
Kenneth Clark is our chief financial officer, a position
he has held since March 6, 2009. From July 7, 2007 to
March 6, 2009, Mr. Clark served as our controller.
Prior to joining our company, Mr. Clark was vice
president controller at Credit Suisse Energy, LLC
from June 2005 to July 2007. He has also held key financial
positions at United Rentals, Inc., Sempra Energy Trading
Corporation and Arthur Andersen, LLC. Mr. Clark holds a
Bachelor of Business Administration degree in Accounting from
Western Connecticut State University and is a certified public
accountant.
James Wagner is our chief operating officer, a position
he has held since March 1, 2011. Over the past six years he
has served in a variety of management positions with our
company, most recently serving as our chief commercial officer
from August 1, 2010 to February 28, 2011 prior to his
promotion to chief operating officer. From March 2009 to
August 1, 2010 he served as our executive vice president of
marketing, business development and, for our non-New York
markets, sales. From March 2006 through February 2009, he was
our executive vice president of marketing and business
development. From October 2005 through February 2006, Mr. Wagner
was the general manager of our Los Angeles market. Prior to
joining our company in 2005, Mr. Wagner was a principal and
co-founder of TrueChocolate, Inc., a chocolate manufacturing and
processing
start-up. He
also held key management positions at Clear!Blue Marketing and
was principal and founder of Jump Communications.
Mr. Wagner holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from the
University of California, Berkeley where he was member of the
schools NCAA National Championship Water Polo teams in
1989, 1990, 1991 and 1992.
Frank ODowd is our chief information officer, a
position he has held since January 28, 2007.
Mr. ODowd has extensive experience managing
information technology in rapidly growing organizations. Prior
to joining our company, he was the chief information officer at
GAF Materials Corporation, a North American roofing
manufacturer, from June 1997 to April 2006 where he guided the
companys IT function as the organization grew from a
regional supplier to a large multinational corporation.
Mr. ODowds prior professional experience also
includes experiences at Reed Elsevier, Newsweek Magazine and
Wyeth Pharmaceuticals. Mr. ODowd holds a Bachelor of
Arts degree from The University of Dayton and a Master of Arts
degree from Stony Brook University.
Patricia Lecouras is our executive vice president of
human resources, a position she has held since January 31,
2007. Ms. Lecouras joined our company from GE Capital
Commercial Finance where she was vice president, human resources
from 2001 to 2007. Prior to her time with GE Capital Commercial
Finance, Ms. Lecouras was with Nine West Shoes (f/k/a
Fischer Camuto Corporation) and Xerox. Ms. Lecourass
professional experience is multi-disciplinary and includes prior
experience working in finance and tax-related functions. She
also has earned a six sigma master black belt certification.
Ms. Lecouras holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Psychology
and Social Work from Skidmore College.
Alexandros Aldous is our legal services director, a
position he has held since March 2011. Prior to joining our
company, he served as a legal consultant in London to Barclays
Capital, the investment banking division of Barclays Bank PLC,
from November 2009 to December 2010. Mr. Aldous also served
as an attorney with Watson, Farley & Williams from
August 2008 to September 2009, where he specialized in mergers
and acquisitions and capital markets, and as an attorney with
Shearman & Sterling LLP from October 2005 to August
2008, where he specialized in mergers and acquisitions.
Mr. Aldous received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Classics
and Government from Colby College, a Juris Doctor and M.A. from
American University and an LL.M. from the London School of
Economics and Political Science. Mr. Aldous is licensed to
practice law in the State of New York, Washington, D.C. and
England and Wales.
Corporate
Governance Profile
Board
Composition
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our
board of directors. Our board of directors is currently
comprised of four members. Our bylaws will provide that our
board of directors will consist of a number of directors to be
fixed from time to time by a resolution of the board of
directors. Immediately prior to the time at which the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part is
declared effective, we expect that our board of directors will
be comprised of at least seven directors, of which no less than
four will be independent as such term is defined
under The NASDAQ Marketplace Rules. Our board of directors has
determined that John Couri, Kevin Cox, John Austin and Stephen
Hanson are, or when appointed to our board of directors will be,
independent. Moreover, our board of directors will not be
staggered and each of our directors will be subject to
re-election
59
annually. Each directors term will continue until the
election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or
her earlier death, resignation or removal.
Committees of
the Board of Directors
Immediately prior to the time at which the registration
statement of which this prospectus is a part is declared
effective, our board of directors will establish an audit
committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and
corporate governance committee. Each committee member will be
appointed by the board of directors and will serve until the
election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or
her earlier death, resignation or removal.
Audit
Committee
Upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global
Market, we will have an audit committee that will have
responsibility for, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
overseeing managements maintenance of the reliability and
integrity of our accounting policies and financial reporting and
our disclosure practices;
|
|
|
overseeing managements establishment and maintenance of
processes to assure that an adequate system of internal control
is functioning;
|
|
|
overseeing managements establishment and maintenance of
processes to assure our compliance with all applicable laws,
regulations and corporate policies;
|
|
|
reviewing our annual and quarterly financial statements prior to
their filing and prior to the release of earnings; and
|
|
|
reviewing the performance of the independent accountants and
making decisions regarding the appointment or termination of the
independent accountants and considering and approving any
non-audit services proposed to be performed by the independent
accountants.
|
We expect
that , and will
serve on the audit committee upon the listing of our stock on
The NASDAQ Global Market, with
serving as the chair of the audit committee. Our board of
directors has affirmatively determined that each of
Messrs. , and
are independent directors according to the rules and regulations
of the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market. In addition, we believe
Mr. Austin will qualify as an audit committee
financial expert, as such term is defined in the rules and
regulations of the SEC. The audit committee will have the power
to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the
scope of its duties and to retain counsel for this purpose where
appropriate.
Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for our
audit committee, which will be available on our corporate
website at
http://www.chefswarehouse.com
upon completion of this offering.
Compensation
Committee
Upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global
Market, we will have a compensation committee that will have
responsibility for, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
reviewing our compensation practices and policies, including
equity benefit plans and incentive compensation;
|
|
|
reviewing key employee compensation policies;
|
|
|
monitoring performance and compensation of our
employee-directors,
officers and other key employees; and
|
|
|
preparing recommendations and periodic reports to the board of
directors concerning these matters.
|
We expect
that , and
will serve on the compensation committee upon the listing of our
stock on The NASDAQ Global Market,
with
serving as the chair of the compensation committee. Our board of
directors has affirmatively determined that each of
Messrs. , and
are independent directors according to the rules and regulations
of the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market.
Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for our
compensation committee, which will be available on our corporate
website at
http://www.chefswarehouse.com
upon completion of this offering.
60
Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee
Upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global
Market, we will have a nominating and corporate governance
committee that will have responsibility for, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
making recommendations as to the size, composition, structure,
operations, performance and effectiveness of the board of
directors;
|
|
|
establishing criteria and qualifications for membership on the
board of directors and its committees;
|
|
|
assessing and recommending to the board of directors strong and
capable candidates qualified to serve on the board of directors
and its committees;
|
|
|
developing and recommending to the board of directors a set of
corporate governance principles; and
|
|
|
considering and recommending to the board of directors other
actions relating to corporate governance.
|
We expect
that ,
and will
serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee upon
the listing of our stock on The NASDAQ Global Market,
with serving as the chair of the
nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of
directors has affirmatively determined that each of
Messrs. , and are
independent directors according to the rules and regulations of
the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market.
Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for our
nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be
available on our corporate website at
http://www.chefswarehouse.com
upon completion of this offering.
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers currently serve, or in the past
year have served, as a member of the board of directors or
compensation committee of any entity that has one or more
executive officers serving on our board of directors or
compensation committee.
Code of
Business Conduct and Ethics
In connection with this offering, our board of directors will
adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that establishes the
standards of ethical conduct applicable to all of our directors,
officers, employees, consultants and contractors. The code of
business conduct and ethics will address, among other things,
competition and fair dealing, conflicts of interest, financial
matters and external reporting, company funds and assets,
confidentiality and corporate opportunity requirements and the
process for reporting violations of the code of business conduct
and ethics, employee misconduct, conflicts of interest or other
violations. Our code of business conduct and ethics will be
publicly available on our website at
http://www.chefswarehouse.com.
Any waiver of our code of business conduct and ethics with
respect to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer
or persons performing similar functions may only be authorized
by our audit committee and will be disclosed as required by
applicable law.
Risk
Oversight
Our board of directors oversees risk management with a focus on
our primary areas of risk: risk related to our business
strategy, financial risk, legal/compliance risk and operational
risk. Our president and chief executive officer and each of our
other executive officers are responsible for managing risk in
their respective areas of authority and expertise, identifying
key risks to the board and explaining to the board how those
risks are being addressed.
Following the consummation of this offering, we expect that the
standing committees of the board will also have responsibility
for risk oversight. The audit committee will focus on financial
risk, including fraud risk and risks relating to our internal
controls over financial reporting. The nominating and corporate
governance committee is expected to assist the board of
directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibility with
respect to regulatory compliance and will receive regular
reports from our legal services director and other employees
responsible for our regulatory compliance. The compensation
committee is expected to address risks relating to our executive
compensation strategies and will be tasked with monitoring our
executive compensation program to ensure that it does not
encourage our executive officers to take unnecessary and
excessive risks. We anticipate that our board will receive
regular reports from the chairs of these committees regarding
these committees risk management efforts and receive
reports and other meeting materials provided to each of the
committees.
61
COMPENSATION
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
This compensation discussion and analysis discusses the
objectives and elements of our compensation programs and the
compensation awarded to our named executive officers in the 2010
fiscal year. This information should be read in conjunction with
the Summary Compensation Table and the related tables and
narratives that follow this compensation discussion and
analysis. For fiscal 2010, the following individuals were our
named executive officers:
|
|
|
|
l
|
Christopher Pappas, our chairman, president and chief executive
officer;
|
|
|
l
|
John Pappas, our vice chairman;
|
|
|
l
|
James Wagner, our chief operating officer;
|
|
|
l
|
Kenneth Clark, our chief financial officer; and
|
|
|
l
|
Frank ODowd, our chief information officer.
|
Overview of
Compensation Process
As a private company with a relatively small number of owners,
we have historically employed an informal process for setting
the compensation of our named executive officers. For fiscal
2010, the compensation for our chief executive officer and our
vice chairman was established through negotiations between those
executives and representatives of BGCP, the holder of a majority
of our Class A units of membership interest prior to the
redemption of those units in October 2010. The compensation for
our other named executive officers was established by our chief
executive officer, with the input of representatives of BGCP,
and was principally based on BGCPs representatives
recommendations, our chief executive officers assessment
of our operating performance in fiscal 2009 and the individual
named executive officers performance of his duties and the
BGCP representatives understanding of compensation of
executive officers in comparable positions at other companies
operating within our business sector. In setting the total
compensation of our named executive officers in 2010, we did not
engage in benchmarking or specifically compare our named
executive officers total compensation to the total
compensation of employees in comparable positions with
comparable companies.
Upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global
Market, we will establish a compensation committee of our board
of directors. This committee, which will consist solely of
directors that are independent under the rules and
regulations of the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market, will have
overall responsibility for the compensation program for our
named executive officers.
Compensation
Philosophy and Objectives
Presently, the principal objectives of our named executive
officer compensation program are to attract and retain
highly-qualified executives by providing total compensation for
each position that our board of directors and chief executive
officer believe is competitive within our business sector. We
also seek to provide appropriate incentives for our named
executive officers to achieve performance metrics related to our
company-wide performance and the individuals relevant
performance goals. Finally, through the issuance of equity-based
incentives, we seek to retain our key employees and reward
performance that enhances our long-term value.
Following the consummation of this offering, we expect that our
compensation committee will maintain these principal objectives
as the key components of our named executive officer
compensation program. Accordingly, we believe that our
compensation committee will strive to implement a compensation
program that enables us to attract and retain
high-quality
leadership and to assure that our named executive officers are
compensated in a manner consistent with stockholder interests,
the policies adopted by the compensation committee, internal
equity considerations, competitive practice and the requirements
of appropriate regulatory bodies. In determining the relevant
amounts of each of these components, we believe our compensation
committee will adopt a compensation program that consists of a
mix of compensation that is:
|
|
|
|
l
|
Performance-based: A significant
component of compensation should be determined based on whether
or not our named executive officers meet performance criteria
that are aligned with growth in stockholder value without
engaging in unreasonable risk-taking.
|
|
|
|
|
l
|
Competitive: Pay-for-performance
scales will be established to ensure that the competitive
positioning of an executives total compensation reflects
the competitive positioning of our performance (i.e., the better
our
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
performance relative to peers, the higher total compensation
payable to a named executive officer relative to competitive
benchmarks, and vice versa).
|
|
|
|
|
l
|
Balanced: Performance-oriented
features and retention-oriented features should be balanced so
that the compensation program accomplishes our
pay-for-performance
and executive retention objectives, while encouraging prudent
risk-taking that is aligned with our overall strategy.
|
|
l
|
Fair: Compensation levels and plan
design should reflect competitive practices, our performance
relative to peer companies and the relationship of compensation
levels from one executive to another.
|
Principal
Components of Our Compensation Packages
Taking into account the above-described objectives, historically
we have focused on designing a compensation package that
consists of two primary elements: (i) base salary and
(ii) performance-based, annual cash incentive awards. We
have also awarded our named executive officers, when hired,
promoted or both, equity interests in our company that vest on a
pro-rata basis over a four-year period. We expect that,
following the consummation of this offering, our compensation
committee will continue to design a compensation package made up
of base salaries, performance-based, annual cash incentive
awards and equity-based awards consisting of a mix of time-based
vesting stock options and restricted stock awards, together with
performance-based restricted stock.
Components of
Fiscal 2010 Compensation for Our Named Executive
Officers
For our 2010 fiscal year, our named executive officers
compensation consisted of the following principal components:
Base Salary. We provide our named
executive officers with a base salary to compensate them for
performing their daily responsibilities during the year. We
believe that base salaries must be competitive based upon the
named executive officers scope of responsibilities and
what we believe to be market rates of compensation for
executives performing similar functions for comparable companies
within our business sector. For fiscal 2010, the base salaries
for our chief executive officer and vice chairman were
established through negotiations between those executives and
representatives of BGCP, the holder of a majority of our
Class A units prior to the redemption of those units in
October 2010. The fiscal 2010 base salaries for our named
executive officers other than our chief executive officer and
vice chairman were based on our chief executive officers
and BGCPs representatives assessment of our
operating performance in fiscal 2009 and the individual named
executive officers performance of his duties during that
year. In setting the base salaries of our named executive
officers in 2010, we did not engage in benchmarking or
specifically compare our named executive officers base
salaries to the base salaries of employees in comparable
positions with comparable companies. Our named executive
officers, other than Messrs. C. Pappas and
J. Pappas, have had their performance reviewed
periodically, and have been eligible for merit-based base salary
increases as a result of these reviews. Taking all of these
factors into account, our named executive officers received the
following base salaries for the 2010 fiscal year:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Over Prior
|
Name
|
|
Base Salary
|
|
Year
|
|
Christopher Pappas
|
|
$
|
400,000
|
|
|
|
0%
|
|
John Pappas
|
|
$
|
400,000
|
|
|
|
0%
|
|
James Wagner
|
|
$
|
227,458
|
(1)
|
|
|
7.2%
|
|
Kenneth Clark
|
|
$
|
242,500
|
(2)
|
|
|
15.5%
|
|
Frank ODowd
|
|
$
|
218,500
|
|
|
|
3.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. Wagners annual base
salary was $218,500 for the first seven months of 2010. On
August 1, 2010, Mr. Wagners annual base salary
increased to $240,000.
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Clarks annual base
salary was $210,000 for the first two months of 2010. Effective
as of March 1, 2010, Mr. Clarks annual base
salary increased to $249,000.
|
Performance-Based, Annual Cash Incentive
Compensation. To closely align our named
executive officers compensation to our goals, we believe
that a significant portion of a named executive officers
compensation should be incentive-based. Accordingly, we have
utilized, and anticipate that we will continue to utilize
following the consummation of this offering, an annual cash
incentive program that provides our named executive officers
with
63
the opportunity to earn substantial cash incentive compensation
for the achievement of annual goals related to both our
performance and the executive officers individual
performance.
For 2010, each of Messrs. C. Pappas and J. Pappas were
eligible to earn a performance-based cash incentive tied to our
achieving at least a threshold level of EBITDA. Specifically,
each individual was eligible to receive a cash payment equal to
25% of our EBITDA over $18.25 million, with a maximum award
of $350,000. For 2010, each of Christopher Pappas and John
Pappas received a cash incentive payment of $350,000. For fiscal
2010, we based each of the other named executive officers
performance-based cash incentive award primarily on the
achievement of company-wide targeted financial goals.
Mr. Wagners award was tied to our achieving revenue
of $291.0 million and gross profits of $75.6 million.
He also had an individual performance goal tied to the
reorganization of our sales management by January 1, 2011.
Mr. Clarks and Mr. ODowds awards
were not tied specifically to any particular performance metric,
but rather were determined in the discretion of our chief
executive officer. Although the awards for Mr. Clark and
Mr. ODowd were not specifically tied to any
particular performance metric, Mr. C. Pappas did consider
our performance against budgeted revenue and gross profit
targets of $291.0 million and $75.6 million, respectively, when
determining the amount of incentive-based compensation to pay
Messrs. Clark and ODowd. Our chief executive officer
has, and prior to our redemption of all of our then-issued
Class A units, BGCPs representatives together with
our chief executive officer had, a significant amount of
discretion to pay the full amount of a targeted award or a
smaller percentage thereof if we did not meet any of these
targets or to reduce the amount of an award even if we achieved
a specific target.
For our 2010 fiscal year, Mr. Wagners
performance-based cash incentive target award expressed as a
percentage of his base salary was 50% of his $218,500 base
salary for the first seven months of 2010 and 75% of his
$240,000 base salary for the last five months of 2010. The
percentage target for Mr. Clark was 50% of his increased
annualized base salary of $249,000 and for Mr. ODowd
was 50% of his base salary of $218,500. As we achieved each of
our budgeted performance targets for the 2010 fiscal year and as
Mr. Wagner achieved his individual performance goals, each
of Messrs. Wagner, Clark and ODowd received his
maximum target cash incentive payment. These payments were made
on March 2, 2011. The amounts actually paid to Messrs. C.
Pappas, J. Pappas, Wagner, Clark and ODowd under the
annual, performance-based cash incentive program, and the
related target amounts, are set forth in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NAME
|
|
TARGET AWARD
|
|
ACTUAL AWARD
|
|
Christopher Pappas
|
|
$
|
350,000
|
|
|
$
|
350,000
|
|
John Pappas
|
|
$
|
350,000
|
|
|
$
|
350,000
|
|
James Wagner
|
|
$
|
138,730
|
|
|
$
|
138,730
|
|
Kenneth Clark
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
Frank ODowd
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
|
Long-term Equity Incentive Compensation. In fiscal
2010 and prior years, we did not have a specific plan or
arrangement under which our named executive officers were
granted options or other equity awards. We did, however, from
time-to-time
award Class C units to our named executive officers. We
issued these units, which do not have voting rights before or
after vesting, as a retention tool and to include a component of
long-term, performance-based equity compensation in our named
executive officers total compensation. These awards were
typically issued in connection with our hiring, and in the case
of Mr. Clark, promoting, a named executive officer. In
total, we have issued our named executive officers 2,083,333
Class C units of ownership interest. These awards, which
were issued in 2007 and 2009, as described in the following
table, vest 25% per year over the first four years following
issuance:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NAME
|
|
GRANT DATE
|
|
NUMBER OF CLASS C UNITS ISSUED
(1)
|
|
James Wagner
|
|
|
August 1, 2007
|
|
|
|
833,333
|
|
Kenneth Clark
|
|
|
July 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
|
March 5, 2009
|
|
|
|
516,667
|
|
|
|
|
June 16, 2009
|
|
|
|
116,667
|
|
Frank ODowd
|
|
|
June 13, 2007
|
|
|
|
416,666
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In connection with the
reorganization transaction, these units will convert into common
shares of The Chefs Warehouse,
Inc.,
shares of which will be unvested restricted common stock,
immediately prior to the effectiveness of this registration
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
statement at a conversion ratio
of shares
of common stock per Class C unit. See the information under
the caption Certain Relationships and Related-Party
Transactions Reorganization Transaction.
|
The number of units issued to each individual was based
primarily on a combination of internal pay equity
considerations, job responsibilities, overall dilution of
current ownership and our lack of any equity incentive
compensation prior thereto. Each of the named executive officers
made Section 83(b) elections under the Code in connection
with these awards. The vesting of these awards will not
accelerate upon the consummation of this offering.
In connection with this offering, we expect to adopt The
Chefs Warehouse, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan,
or the Omnibus Plan. The Omnibus Plan will allow us to provide a
variety of incentive awards (including annual and long-term
incentive awards) to our named executive officers and other
employees following completion of the offering. The Omnibus Plan
will permit us to issue stock options, restricted stock units,
restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, performance units,
performance shares and cash incentive awards to eligible
employees (including our named executive offers), directors and
advisors, as determined by the compensation committee. For more
details regarding this plan, see the information under the
caption 2011 Omnibus Equity Incentive
Plan beginning on page 73 of this prospectus.
Retirement Plans and Other
Benefits. We believe that an important
aspect of attracting and retaining qualified individuals to
serve as executive officers involves providing health and
welfare benefits as well as methods for those individuals to
save for retirement. Accordingly, we provide our named executive
officers with the following benefits:
|
|
|
|
l
|
Health Insurance. We provide each of our named
executive officers and their spouses and children the same
health, dental and vision insurance coverage we make available
to our other eligible employees. We pay both our portion and the
executives portion of the premiums for these benefits.
|
|
|
l
|
Disability Insurance. We provide each of our
named executive officers with disability insurance.
|
|
|
l
|
Retirement Benefits. We do not provide pension
arrangements or post-retirement health coverage for our named
executive officers or employees; however, our named executive
officers and other eligible employees are eligible to
participate in our 401(k) defined contribution plan. Prior to
our 2011 fiscal year we did not match employee contributions
under our 401(k) plan. Beginning in 2011, we are making matching
contributions for each of our employees, including our named
executive officers, in an amount equal to 3% of the
employees contributions up to 6% of his or her base salary.
|
|
|
l
|
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation. We do not
currently provide any nonqualified defined contribution or other
deferred compensation plans to any of our employees.
|
|
|
l
|
Perquisites. In 2010, we provided certain
personal-benefit perquisites to our named executive officers.
Other than automobile allowances for certain of our named
executive officers and a temporary housing allowance for
Mr. ODowd, the aggregate incremental cost to us of
the perquisites received by each of the named executive officers
in 2010 did not exceed $10,000. The cost of the perquisites
provided to the named executive officers in 2010 is included in
the Summary Compensation Table.
|
Employment
Agreements, Letter Agreements and Severance
Benefits
Employment Agreements. We have entered
into an employment agreement with each of Christopher Pappas and
John Pappas. Our agreement with Christopher Pappas provides for
an annual base salary of $1,000,000 per year as well as
reimbursement for a leased automobile. Although his employment
agreement provides for a base salary of $1,000,000 annually, in
2006 Mr. C. Pappass base salary was reduced to $400,000
with his consent. Mr. C. Pappass annual base
salary will be $750,000 for fiscal 2011 with his consent. This
agreement does not have a stated expiration date, but rather is
terminable by Mr. Pappas on 60 days notice and
by us upon approval of a resolution by our board of directors.
This employment agreement also includes a non-competition and
non-solicitation provision, pursuant to which Mr. Pappas
has agreed, among other things, that for two years following the
termination of his employment with us, he will not
(i) compete with us or our subsidiaries; (ii) induce
an employee of ours to leave our employ; (iii) hire any of
our senior executives or full-time sales professionals; or
(iv) induce a customer or supplier of ours to cease doing
business with us. If Mr. Pappas is terminated by us without
cause under certain scenarios, the non-competition and
non-solicitation provisions of his employment agreement expire
as of the date of termination unless we exercise an option to
extend those provisions for up to two years, in exchange for
annual payments of $500,000 during those two years.
Our agreement with John Pappas provides for an annual base
salary of $1,000,000 per year as well as reimbursement for a
leased automobile. Although his employment agreement provides
for a base salary of $1,000,000 annually, in 2006 Mr. J.
Pappass base salary was reduced to $400,000 with his
consent. Mr. J. Pappass annual base salary will
be $750,000 for fiscal 2011 with his consent. This agreement
does not
65
have a stated expiration date, but rather is terminable by
Mr. Pappas on 60 days notice and by us upon
approval of a resolution by our board of directors. This
employment agreement also includes a non-competition and
non-solicitation provision, pursuant to which Mr. Pappas
has agreed, among other things, that, for two years following
the termination of his employment with us, he will not
(i) compete with us or our subsidiaries; (ii) induce
an employee of ours to leave our employ; (iii) hire any of
our senior executives or full-time sales professionals; or
(iv) induce a customer or supplier of ours to cease doing
business with us. If Mr. Pappas is terminated by us under
certain scenarios, the non-competition and non-solicitation
provisions of his employment agreement expire as of the date of
termination unless we exercise an option to extend those
provisions for up to two years, in exchange for annual payments
of $500,000 during those two years.
We expect that we will enter into a replacement employment
agreement with each of Christopher Pappas and John Pappas prior
to the consummation of this offering. Although the annual base
salary for Messrs. C. Pappas and J. Pappas was
increased to $750,000 in 2011, their total non-equity
compensation in 2011 is expected to be comparable to their total
non-equity compensation paid in 2010 after taking into account
the $350,000 bonus payment that was made to each in 2010.
Letter Agreements. On
April 8, 2011, we entered into a letter agreement with
James Wagner, our chief operating officer, which we modified on
June 28, 2011. The letter agreement has no specific term
and provides that Mr. Wagner is an at-will employee.
Mr. Wagners annual base salary under the letter
agreement is $250,000 and he is eligible to participate in our
annual, performance-based cash incentive program at a target of
100% of his base salary. In connection with entering into the
letter agreement with Mr. Wagner, we agreed to issue him
Class C units (the unvested portion of which will convert
to restricted shares of our common stock in connection with the
reorganization transaction) equal to approximately 0.8% of our
outstanding shares of common stock upon consummation of this
offering, which will result in our incurring a non-cash
compensation charge amortized over the life of the award. These
units vest 50% upon consummation of our initial public offering
and 12.5% per year for each of the first four years following
issuance. Any unvested portion of this award would vest
immediately upon our termination of Mr. Wagner without
cause or upon consummation of a change in control of our company.
On March 6, 2009, we entered into a letter agreement with
Kenneth Clark, our chief financial officer. The letter agreement
has no specific term and provides that Mr. Clark is an
at-will employee. Mr. Clarks base salary under the
letter agreement was initially $210,000. This amount was
increased to $249,000 per year effective as of March 1,
2010. Pursuant to the terms of the letter agreement,
Mr. Clark is eligible to participate in our annual,
performance-based cash incentive program at a target of 50% of
his annual base salary. Mr. Clarks letter agreement
also provides that he is entitled to receive his base salary for
a period of twelve months following his termination by us
without cause.
We entered into a letter agreement, effective as of
February 15, 2007, with Frank ODowd, our chief
information officer. The letter agreement has no specific term
and provides that Mr. ODowd is an at-will employee.
Mr. ODowds annual base salary under the letter
agreement was initially $200,000, which was subsequently
increased to $218,500, and he is eligible to participate in our
annual, performance-based cash incentive program at a target of
50% of his annual base salary. Mr. ODowds
letter agreement also provides that he is entitled to receive
his base salary for a period of six months following his
termination by us without cause.
Neither Mr. Wagners nor Mr. ODowds
letter agreement defines cause.
Mr. Clarks letter agreement defines cause
as termination of employment by us due to (i) conviction
of, or plea of, nolo contendre, with respect to any
felony, or any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty against
us or any of our subsidiaries, or any act of moral turpitude or
any conduct in which he engages during his employment that tends
to bring us or any of our subsidiaries into substantial public
disgrace or disrepute, (ii) the commission of any act or
omission involving fraud with respect to us or any of our
subsidiaries or in connection with any relationship between us
or any of our subsidiaries and any customer or supplier,
(iii) use of illegal drugs or repetitive abuse of other
drugs or repetitive excess consumption of alcohol interfering
with the performance of his duties, (iv) the gross
negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his
duties with respect to us or any of our subsidiaries or
(v) failure to follow the lawful directives of our
president.
Other Severance Benefits. As described
above, we have entered into letter agreements with each of
Messrs. Clark and ODowd pursuant to which we have
agreed to pay these individuals severance benefits if they are
terminated by us without cause. We have entered into
a separate severance and release agreement with Mr. Wagner
pursuant to which Mr. Wagner is entitled to receive his
base salary for twelve months following our termination of his
66
employment without cause, or, if earlier, until the
date he begins employment with a new company or business;
provided that Mr. Wagner provides the release
described therein. Mr. Clarks agreement with us
provides that we will pay him his base salary for twelve months
following our termination of his employment without
cause. Our agreement with Mr. ODowd
requires that we pay him his base salary for six months
following our termination of his employment without
cause.
Mr. Wagners agreement defines cause as
(i) willful refusal to perform, in any material respect,
his duties or responsibilities for us; (ii) material breach
of his Confidentiality, Non-Solicit, Non-Interference,
Non-Compete and Severance Agreement with us; (iii) gross
negligence or willful disregard in the performance of his duties
or responsibilities; (iv) willful disregard, in any
material respect, of any financial or other budgetary
limitations applicable to Mr. Wagner; (v) the
commission of any act or omission involving fraud with respect
to us or our subsidiaries or any customer or supplier of ours
that were established in good faith; or (vi) use of illegal
drugs, repetitive abuse of other drugs or repetitive consumption
of alcohol interfering with the performance of his duties.
In determining the length of the severance benefits that we
would pay these named executive officers following their
termination, we considered the need to be able to competitively
recruit and retain talented executive officers who often times
seek protection against the possibility that they might be
terminated without cause or forced to resign without cause,
particularly following a change of control. None of our named
executive officers are entitled to receive single trigger cash
payments upon a change in control involving us.
2011
Compensation
For 2011, the base salary for Messrs. C. Pappas and
J. Pappas was increased to $750,000. They will not be
eligible for any non-equity incentive plan compensation for
2011. Mr. Wagners annual base salary was increased to
$250,000 in connection with his promotion to chief operating
officer. The annual base salaries of Messrs. Clark and
ODowd are unchanged for fiscal 2011. Each of our named
executive officers, other than Messrs. C. Pappas and
J. Pappas, will be eligible to receive performance-based
cash incentive payments in the first quarter of 2012 if we
achieve performance targets related to our fiscal 2011 revenues,
operating profit and EBITDA. The bonus target, expressed as a
percentage of annual base salary, that Messrs. Clark and
ODowd are each entitled to receive is the same as the
target for fiscal 2010, and Mr. Wagners target is
100% of his annual base salary. In connection with our promoting
Mr. Wagner to chief operating officer, we intend to award
him an additional equity interest in our company equal to
approximately 0.8% of our outstanding common stock upon
consummation of this offering. This award, which will be issued
prior to the consummation of this offering, vests 50% upon
consummation of our initial public offering and 12.5% per year
on each of the first four anniversaries following the grant
date. Any unvested portion of this award would vest immediately
upon our termination of Mr. Wagner without cause or upon
consummation of a change in control of our company.
Tax and
Accounting Implications
Deductibility of Executive
Compensation. The accounting and tax
treatment of particular forms of compensation have not, to date,
materially affected our compensation decisions. Following the
consummation of this offering, we expect that our compensation
committee will consider the effect of accounting and tax
treatment regarding executive compensation when making decisions
regarding the amount and form of compensation that we will pay
our named executive officers. For instance, we expect that our
compensation committee will review and consider the
deductibility of executive compensation under
Section 162(m) of the Code, which generally disallows tax
deductions to public companies for certain compensation in
excess of $1,000,000 that is paid in any one tax year to certain
of our most highly compensated employees. There is an exception
to the limit on deductibility for performance-based compensation
that meets certain requirements. We believe that the
compensation paid under the Omnibus Plan, including any
performance-based cash incentive compensation, should be fully
deductible for federal income tax purposes. In certain
situations, however, we may approve compensation that will not
meet these requirements in order to ensure competitive levels of
total compensation for our named executive officers.
Accounting for Equity-Based
Compensation. Accounting rules require that
we expense equity-based compensation awards, including awards
under the Omnibus Plan.
67
2010 Summary
Compensation Table
The table below summarizes the compensation paid or accrued by
us during the 2010 fiscal year for our chief executive officer,
chief financial officer and each of our next three highest paid
executive officers whose total compensation exceeded $100,000
for the 2010 fiscal year.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHANGE IN PENSION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE AND
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NONQUALIFIED
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-EQUITY
|
|
DEFERRED
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCK
|
|
OPTION
|
|
INCENTIVE PLAN
|
|
COMPENSATION
|
|
ALL OTHER
|
|
|
NAME AND PRINCIPAL
|
|
|
|
SALARY
|
|
BONUS
|
|
AWARDS
|
|
AWARDS
|
|
COMPENSATION(1)
|
|
EARNINGS
|
|
COMPENSATION
|
|
|
POSITION
|
|
YEAR
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
(2) ($)
|
|
TOTAL ($)
|
|
Christopher Pappas
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
$
|
400,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
29,605
|
|
|
$
|
779,605
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Pappas
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
$
|
400,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,324
|
|
|
$
|
778,324
|
|
Vice Chairman
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James Wagner
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
$
|
227,458
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
138,730
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,355
|
|
|
$
|
375,543
|
|
Chief Operating Officer
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth Clark
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
$
|
242,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,497
|
|
|
$
|
372,497
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Frank ODowd
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
$
|
218,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
29,321
|
|
|
$
|
357,071
|
|
Chief Information Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Amounts reflect those amounts
earned by the named executive officer under our fiscal 2010
performance-based, annual cash incentive program. For a
description of this program, please see the information under
the caption Performance-Based, Annual Cash Incentive
Compensation above.
|
(2) |
|
The following table breaks out the
components of the All Other Compensation paid to our
named executive officers in fiscal 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MEDICAL, DENTAL AND
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VISION INSURANCE
|
|
|
|
HOUSING
|
|
|
NAME
|
|
PREMIUMS(a)
|
|
AUTOMOBILE(b)
|
|
ALLOWANCE
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
Christopher Pappas
|
|
$
|
5,605
|
|
|
$
|
24,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
29,605
|
|
John Pappas
|
|
|
5,524
|
|
|
|
22,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,324
|
|
James Wagner
|
|
|
5,605
|
|
|
|
3,750
|
(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,355
|
|
Kenneth Clark
|
|
|
5,497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,497
|
|
Frank ODowd
|
|
|
4,121
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
25,200
|
|
|
|
29,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
This amount reflects each named
executive officers portion of the premiums for his and his
familys medical, dental and vision insurance that we pay
on his behalf.
|
|
(b) |
|
Mr. Christopher Pappas and Mr.
Wagner are provided with monthly car allowances and Mr. John
Pappas is provided with an automobile leased by us.
|
|
(c) |
|
Mr. Wagner receives a car
allowance of $750 per month, which began in August 2010.
|
|
(3) |
|
Mr. Wagners annual base
salary was $218,500 for the first seven months of 2010. On
August 1, 2010, Mr. Wagners annual base salary
increased to $240,000.
|
|
(4) |
|
Mr. Clarks annual base
salary was $210,000 for the first two months of 2010. Effective
as of March 1, 2010, Mr. Clarks annual base
salary increased to $249,000.
|
2010 Grants of
Plan-Based Awards
We did not grant any plan-based awards in 2010.
68
Outstanding
Equity Awards at 2010 Fiscal Year End
The following table sets forth certain information with respect
to our Class C units, the only class of our outstanding
equity held by our named executive officers that had not yet
vested as of December 24, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNIT AWARDS
|
|
|
|
|
NUMBER
|
|
MARKET
|
|
|
|
|
OF UNITS
|
|
VALUE OF
|
|
|
|
|
THAT
|
|
UNITS
|
|
|
|
|
HAVE
|
|
THAT
|
|
|
|
|
NOT
|
|
HAVE NOT
|
|
|
|
|
VESTED
|
|
VESTED
(2)
|
NAME
|
|
TYPE OF UNITS
(1)
|
|
(#)
|
|
($)
|
|
Christopher Pappas
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
John Pappas
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
James Wagner
|
|
|
Class C Units
|
|
|
|
208,333
|
(3)
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Kenneth Clark
|
|
|
Class C Units
|
|
|
|
395,834
|
(4)
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Frank ODowd
|
|
|
Class C Units
|
|
|
|
104,167
|
(5)
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In connection with the
reorganization transaction, these units will convert into common
shares of The Chefs Warehouse, Inc. immediately prior to
the effectiveness of this registration statement at a conversion
ratio
of shares
of common stock per Class C unit. See the information under
the caption Certain Relationships and Related-Party
Transactions Reorganization Transaction for
more information regarding this reorganization transaction.
|
(2) |
|
Because the Class C units are
equity interests in a private limited liability company, the
market value of such interests is not readily determinable.
Using the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus, the market value of the unvested
Class C units for each of Messrs. Wagner, Clark and
ODowd would be $ ,
$ and
$ , respectively.
|
(3) |
|
Mr. Wagners 208,333
unvested Class C units will vest on August 1, 2011.
|
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Of Mr. Clarks 395,834
unvested Class C units, 29,167 units vested on
June 16, 2011; 50,000 units will vest on July 31,
2011; 129,167 units will vest on each of March 5, 2012
and March 5, 2013; 29,167 units will vest on
June 16, 2012; and 29,166 units will vest on
June 16, 2013.
|
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Mr. ODowds 104,167
unvested Class C units vested on June 13, 2011.
|
2010 Units Vested
Table
The following table sets forth certain information with respect
to the number of Class C units that our named executive
officers received upon vesting in fiscal 2010. There were no
other equity-based awards that vested in fiscal 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CLASS C UNITS
|
|
|
NUMBER OF
|
|
|
|
|
UNITS
|
|
|
|
|
ACQUIRED
|
|
VALUE REALIZED
|
|
|
ON VESTING
|
|
ON VESTING
(1)
|
NAME
|
|
(#)
|
|
($)
|
|
Christopher Pappas
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
John Pappas
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
James Wagner
|
|
|
208,333
|
|
|
|
111,714
|
|
Kenneth Clark
|
|
|
208,334
|
|
|
|
83,711
|
|
Frank ODowd
|
|
|
104,167
|
|
|
|
49,553
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The value presented in the table is
equal to the product of the number of units vesting on each
applicable vesting date multiplied by the per unit price we had
paid to repurchase Class C units from former employees
during 2010 on the date closest to the applicable vesting date.
We calculated these repurchase prices based on an estimated
enterprise value for our company (based on a multiple of our
trailing twelve months of EBITDA at each repurchase date) less
outstanding debt and the accreted value of our Class A
units. Using the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth
on the cover page of this prospectus, the market value of the
Class C units that vested in 2010 for each of
Messrs. Wagner, Clark and ODowd would be
$ , $ and $ , respectively.
|
69
Change in Control
and Termination Pay Tables
The tables below reflect the amount of compensation payable to
each of our named executive officers in the event of termination
of such executives employment. The amount of compensation
payable to each named executive officer upon voluntary
termination, early or normal retirement and involuntary
not-for-cause
termination and in the event of disability or death of the
executive is shown below. The amounts shown assume that such
termination was effective as of December 24, 2010, and thus
include amounts earned through such time, and are estimates of
the amounts which would be paid out to the executives upon their
termination. The actual amounts to be paid out can only be
determined at the time of such executives separation from
us.
Christopher
Pappas
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOLUNTARY
|
|
EARLY
|
|
NORMAL
|
|
INVOLUNTARY
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE BENEFITS
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
NOT-FOR-CAUSE
|
|
DISABILITY
|
|
DEATH
|
AND PAYMENTS UPON
|
|
ON
|
|
ON
|
|
ON
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
ON
|
|
ON
|
SEPARATION
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
ON 12/24/2010
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
Performance-based Cash Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acceleration of Vesting of Class B Units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Severance Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Health and Welfare Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excise Tax and
Gross-Up
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John
Pappas
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOLUNTARY
|
|
EARLY
|
|
NORMAL
|
|
INVOLUNTARY
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE BENEFITS
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
NOT-FOR-CAUSE
|
|
DISABILITY
|
|
DEATH
|
AND PAYMENTS UPON
|
|
ON
|
|
ON
|
|
ON
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
ON
|
|
ON
|
SEPARATION
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
ON 12/24/2010
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
Performance-based Cash Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acceleration of Vesting of Class B Units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Severance Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Health and Welfare Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excise Tax and
Gross-Up
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
James
Wagner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOLUNTARY
|
|
|
EARLY
|
|
|
|
|
|
INVOLUNTARY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE BENEFITS
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
|
NORMAL
|
|
|
NOT-FOR-CAUSE
|
|
|
DISABILITY
|
|
|
DEATH
|
|
AND PAYMENTS UPON
|
|
ON
|
|
|
ON
|
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
|
ON
|
|
|
ON
|
|
SEPARATION
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
ON 12/24/2010
|
|
|
ON 12/24/2010
|
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
Performance-based Cash Incentive Plan
|
|
$
|
138,730
|
|
|
$
|
138,730
|
|
|
$
|
138,730
|
|
|
$
|
138,730
|
|
|
$
|
138,730
|
|
|
$
|
138,730
|
|
Acceleration of Vesting of Class C Units
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Severance Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
250,000
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Health and Welfare Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excise Tax and
Gross-Up
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
138,730
|
|
|
|
138,730
|
|
|
|
138,730
|
|
|
$
|
388,730
|
|
|
|
138,730
|
|
|
|
138,730
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Pursuant to the terms of our
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement,
Mr. Wagner would forfeit all of his unvested shares upon
his termination of employment for any reason. Mr. Wagner
would forfeit all of his vested and unvested Class C units
upon our termination of his employment for Cause (as
defined in our Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company
Agreement) or upon his engaging in any activity that is
competitive with us, including soliciting our customers or
soliciting or hiring our employees. In the event of an Approved
Company Sale, as defined in our Amended and Restated Limited
Liability Company Agreement, Mr. Wagners unvested
Class C units will immediately vest. Because the
Class C units are equity interests in a private limited
liability company, the market value of such interests is not
readily determinable. Using the midpoint of the estimated price
range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the market
value of the unvested Class C units would be
$ .
The actual amount that would have been received could only have
been determined at the time of an actual change in control based
on the actual net proceeds received in connection with such
change in control which likely would have varied from this
amount.
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Wagner is entitled to
receive his base salary for twelve months following our
termination of his employment without cause. These payments
would cease earlier than the
12-month
anniversary of our termination of his employment if
Mr. Wagner becomes employed by another company during that
period.
|
Kenneth
Clark
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOLUNTARY
|
|
|
EARLY
|
|
|
|
|
|
INVOLUNTARY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE BENEFITS
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
|
NORMAL
|
|
|
NOT-FOR-CAUSE
|
|
|
DISABILITY
|
|
|
DEATH
|
|
AND PAYMENTS UPON
|
|
ON
|
|
|
ON
|
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
|
ON
|
|
|
ON
|
|
SEPARATION
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
ON 12/24/2010
|
|
|
ON 12/24/2010
|
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
Performance-based Cash Incentive Plan
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
Acceleration of Vesting of Class C
Units (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Severance Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
249,000
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Health and Welfare Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excise Tax and
Gross-Up
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
$
|
373,500
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
$
|
124,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Pursuant to the terms of our
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement,
Mr. Clark would forfeit all of his unvested shares upon his
termination of employment for any reason. Mr. Clark would
forfeit all of his vested and unvested Class C units upon
our termination of his employment for Cause (as
defined in our Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company
Agreement) or upon his engaging in any activity that is
competitive with us, including soliciting our customers or
soliciting or hiring our employees. In the event of an Approved
Company Sale, as defined in our Amended and Restated Limited
Liability Company Agreement, Mr. Clarks unvested
Class C units will immediately vest. Because the
Class C units are equity interests in a private limited
liability company, the market value of such interests is not
readily determinable. Using the midpoint of the estimated price
range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the market
value of the unvested Class C units would be
$ .
The actual amount that would have been received could only have
been determined at the time of an actual change in control based
on the actual net proceeds received in connection with such
change in control which likely would have varied from this
amount.
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Clark is entitled to
receive his base salary for twelve months following our
termination of his employment without cause.
|
71
Frank
ODowd
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOLUNTARY
|
|
|
EARLY
|
|
|
|
|
|
INVOLUNTARY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE BENEFITS
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
|
NORMAL
|
|
|
NOT-FOR-CAUSE
|
|
|
DISABILITY
|
|
|
DEATH
|
|
AND PAYMENTS UPON
|
|
ON
|
|
|
ON
|
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
|
TERMINATION
|
|
|
ON
|
|
|
ON
|
|
SEPARATION
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
ON 12/24/2010
|
|
|
ON 12/24/2010
|
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
12/24/2010
|
|
|
Performance-based Cash Incentive Plan
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
Acceleration of Vesting of Class C
Units(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Severance Payment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Health and Welfare Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excise Tax and
Gross-Up
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
$
|
218,500
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
$
|
109,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Pursuant to the terms of our
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement,
Mr. ODowd would forfeit all of his unvested shares
upon his termination of employment for any reason.
Mr. ODowd would forfeit all of his vested and
unvested Class C units upon our termination of his
employment for Cause (as defined in our Amended and
Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement) or upon his
engaging in any activity that is competitive with us, including
soliciting our customers or soliciting or hiring our employees.
In the event of an Approved Company Sale, as defined in our
Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement,
Mr. ODowds unvested Class C units will
immediately vest. Because the Class C units are equity
interests in a private limited liability company, the market
value of such interests is not readily determinable. Using the
midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus, the market value of the unvested
Class C units would be
$ .
The actual amount that would have been received could only have
been determined at the time of an actual change in control based
on the actual net proceeds received in connection with such
change in control which likely would have varied from this
amount.
|
|
(2) |
|
Mr. ODowd is entitled to
receive his base salary for six months following our termination
of his employment without cause.
|
Director
Compensation
During 2010, we did not pay any compensation to our directors
other than John Couri and Dean Facatselis for their service on
our board. We paid Mr. Couri a $25,000 retainer and Mr.
Facatselis a $39,780 retainer.
Following consummation of this offering, we intend to pay each
of our independent directors an annual retainer of $50,000
consisting of an equal mix of cash and equity-based
compensation. We do not intend to pay directors for attending
meetings of the board or its committees, or for chairing
committees of the board. We may also grant additional
equity-based awards to our independent directors. In addition,
we will reimburse our independent directors for their expenses
incurred in attending board and committee meetings.
72
The table below summarizes the compensation paid by us to our
directors for the 2010 fiscal year:
2010 DIRECTOR
COMPENSATION TABLE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHANGE IN PENSION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VALUE AND
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FEES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NONQUALIFIED
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EARNED
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-EQUITY
|
|
DEFERRED
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OR PAID
|
|
STOCK
|
|
OPTION
|
|
INCENTIVE PLAN
|
|
COMPENSATION
|
|
ALL OTHER
|
|
|
|
|
IN CASH
|
|
AWARDS
|
|
AWARDS
|
|
COMPENSATION
|
|
EARNINGS
|
|
COMPENSATION
|
|
TOTAL
|
NAME
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
($)
|
|
Christopher
Pappas(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John
Pappas (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Couri
|
|
$
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
25,000
|
|
Dean Facatselis
|
|
$
|
39,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
39,780
|
|
Joseph M. Sharfenberger,
Jr.(1)(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen
Murray(1)(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
These individuals did not receive
any compensation for their service as a director.
|
|
(2) |
|
These individuals no longer serve
as directors of our company.
|
2011 Omnibus
Equity Incentive Plan
Overview
We anticipate that prior to the consummation of this offering,
The Chefs Warehouse, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Incentive
Plan, or the Omnibus Plan, will be adopted by our board of
directors. The purpose of the Omnibus Plan will be to promote
the interests of the Company and its stockholders by
(i) attracting and retaining key officers, employees and
directors; (ii) motivating such individuals by means of
performance-related incentives to achieve long-range performance
goals; (iii) enabling such individuals to participate in
the long-term growth and financial success of the Company;
(iv) encouraging ownership of stock in the Company by such
individuals; and (v) linking their compensation to the
long-term interests of the Company and its stockholders.
Set forth below is a summary of the expected terms of the
Omnibus Plan, which is qualified in its entirety by the full
text of the Omnibus Plan, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit
to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Summary of
Material Terms
Eligibility and Administration of the Omnibus
Plan. Any key officer, employee, consultant
or director shall be eligible to be a designated participant.
The Omnibus Plan will be administered by a Committee
composed of at least two non-employee directors,
within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and
Rule 16b-3
thereunder, each of whom is designated as: (i) an
outside director for purposes of Section 162(m)
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code,
and (ii) independent within the meaning of the
listing standards of The NASDAQ Stock Market.
Subject to the terms of the Omnibus Plan and applicable law, and
in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred
on the Committee by the Omnibus Plan, the Committee shall have
full power and authority in its discretion (and in accordance
with Section 409A of the Code with respect to awards
subject thereto) to: (i) designate participants;
(ii) determine eligibility for participation in the Omnibus
Plan and decide all questions concerning eligibility for and the
amount of awards under the Omnibus Plan; (iii) determine
the type or types of awards to be granted to a participant;
(iv) determine the number of shares to be covered by, or
with respect to which payments, rights or other matters are to
be calculated in connection with awards; (v) determine the
timing, terms, and conditions of any award; (vi) accelerate
the time at which all or any part of an award may be settled or
exercised; (vii) determine whether, to what extent, and
under what circumstances awards may be settled or
73
exercised in cash, shares, other securities, other awards or
other property, or canceled, forfeited or suspended and the
method or methods by which awards may be settled, exercised,
canceled, forfeited or suspended; (viii) determine whether,
to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, shares, other
securities, other awards, other property, and other amounts
payable with respect to an award shall be deferred either
automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the
Committee; (ix) grant awards as an alternative to, or as
the form of payment for grants or rights earned or payable
under, other bonus or compensation plans, arrangements or
policies of the Company or a subsidiary or affiliate;
(x) grant substitute awards on such terms and conditions as
the Committee may prescribe, subject to compliance with the
incentive stock option rules under Section 422 of the Code
and the nonqualified deferred compensation rules under
Section 409A of the Code, where applicable; (xi) make
all determinations under the Omnibus Plan concerning any
participants separation from service with the Company or a
subsidiary or affiliate, including whether such separation
occurs by reason of cause, good reason, disability, retirement,
or in connection with a change in control and whether a leave
constitutes a separation from service; (xii) interpret and
administer the Omnibus Plan and any instrument or agreement
relating to, or award made under, the Omnibus Plan;
(xiii) except to the extent prohibited under the terms of
the Omnibus Plan, amend or modify the terms of any award at or
after grant with the consent of the holder of the award;
(xiv) establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and
regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate
for the proper administration of the Omnibus Plan; and
(xv) make any other determination and take any other action
that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the
administration of the Omnibus Plan.
Limitations on Omnibus Plan Awards. No
participant may receive options or stock appreciation rights, or
SARs, under the Omnibus Plan in any calendar year that, taken
together, relate to more than 200,000 shares. With respect
to any covered officer, the maximum annual number of shares in
respect of which all performance awards may be granted under the
Omnibus Plan is 200,000, and the maximum amount of all
performance awards that are settled in cash and that may be
granted under the Omnibus Plan in any year is $2,000,000.
Shares Subject to Omnibus
Plan. The number of shares of common stock,
no par value per share, of the Company (each, a
Share and collectively, the Shares)
which may be issued pursuant to all awards after the effective
date of the Omnibus Plan is equal to 1,500,000 (the Share
Reserve). Each Share issued pursuant to an option,
restricted stock award, restricted stock unit or redeemed
portion of a SAR shall reduce the Share Reserve by one
(1) share. If any award granted under the Omnibus Plan
(whether before or after the effective date of the Omnibus Plan)
shall expire, terminate, be settled in cash (in whole or in
part) or otherwise be forfeited or canceled for any reason
before it has vested or been exercised in full, the shares
subject to such award shall, to the extent of such expiration,
cash settlement, forfeiture, or termination, again be available
for awards under the Omnibus Plan. The Committee may make such
other determinations regarding the counting of shares issued
pursuant to the Omnibus Plan as it deems necessary or advisable,
provided that such determinations shall be permitted by law.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an option or SAR is exercised,
in whole or in part, by tender of shares or if the
Companys tax withholding obligation is satisfied by
withholding shares, the number of shares deemed to have been
issued under the Omnibus Plan shall be the number of shares that
were subject to the option or SAR or portion thereof, and not
the net number of shares actually issued and any SARs to be
settled in shares shall be counted in full against the number of
shares available for issuance under the Omnibus Plan, regardless
of the number of shares issued upon the settlement of the SAR.
Stock Options and Stock Appreciation
Rights. The Committee shall have sole and
complete authority to determine the participants to whom options
and SARs shall be granted, the number of shares subject to each
award, the exercise price and the conditions and limitations
applicable to the exercise of each option and SAR. An option may
be granted with or without a related SAR. A SAR may be granted
with or without a related option. The grant of an option or SAR
shall occur when the Committee by resolution, written consent or
other appropriate action determines to grant such option or SAR
for a particular number of shares to a particular participant at
a particular option price or grant price, as the case may be, or
such later date as the Committee shall specify in such
resolution, written consent or other appropriate action. The
Committee shall have the authority to grant incentive stock
options and to grant non-qualified stock options. In the case of
incentive stock options, the terms and conditions of such grants
shall be subject to and comply with Section 422 of the
Code, as from time to time amended, and any regulations
implementing such statute. To the extent the aggregate fair
market value (determined at the time the incentive stock option
is granted) of the shares with respect to which all incentive
stock options are exercisable for the first time by an employee
during any calendar year (under all plans described in
Section 422(d) of the Code of the employees employer
corporation and its parent and subsidiaries) exceeds $100,000,
such options shall be treated as non-
74
qualified stock options. Incentive stock options may not be
granted to any individual who, at the time of grant owns stock
possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of
all of the outstanding common stock of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries, unless the exercise price is not less than 110% of
the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the
grant and the exercise of such option is prohibited by its terms
after the expiration of five years from the date of grant of
such option.
Each option and SAR shall be exercisable at such times and
subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may, in
its sole discretion, specify in the applicable award agreement
or thereafter. The Committee may impose such conditions with
respect to the exercise of options or SARs, including without
limitation, any relating to the application of federal, state or
foreign securities laws or the Code, as it may deem necessary or
advisable. The exercise of any option granted under the Omnibus
Plan shall be effective only at such time as the sale of shares
pursuant to such exercise will not violate any state or federal
securities or other laws.
An option or SAR may be exercised in whole or in part at any
time, with respect to whole shares only, within the period
permitted thereunder for the exercise thereof, and shall be
exercised by written notice of intent to exercise the option or
SAR, delivered to the Company at its principal office, and
payment in full to the Company at the direction of the Committee
of the amount of the option price for the number of Shares with
respect to which the option is then being exercised.
Payment of the option price shall be made in (i) cash or
cash equivalents, or, (ii) at the discretion of the
Committee, by transfer, either actually or by attestation, to
the Company of unencumbered shares previously acquired by the
participant, valued at the fair market value of such shares on
the date of exercise (or next succeeding trading date, if the
date of exercise is not a trading date), together with any
applicable withholding taxes, such transfer to be upon such
terms and conditions as determined by the Committee,
(iii) by a combination of (i) or (ii), or (iv) by
any other method approved or accepted by the Committee in its
sole discretion, including, if the Committee so determines,
(x) a cashless (broker-assisted) exercise that complies
with applicable laws or (y) withholding shares
(net-exercise) otherwise deliverable to the participant pursuant
to the option having an aggregate fair market value at the time
of exercise equal to the total option price. Until the optionee
has been issued the shares subject to such exercise, he or she
shall possess no rights as a stockholder with respect to such
shares. The Company reserves, at any and all times in the
Companys sole discretion, the right to establish, decline
to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the
exercise of options by means of a method set forth in
subsection (iv) above, including with respect to one or
more participants specified by the Company notwithstanding that
such program or procedures may be available to other
participants.
Restricted Shares and Restricted Share
Units. The Committee shall have sole and
complete authority to determine the participants to whom
restricted shares and restricted share units shall be granted,
the number of restricted shares
and/or the
number of restricted share units to be granted to each
participant, the duration of the period during which, and the
conditions under which, the restricted shares and restricted
share units may be forfeited to the Company, and the other terms
and conditions of such awards. The restricted share and
restricted share unit awards shall be evidenced by award
agreements in such form as the Committee shall from time to time
approve, which agreements shall comply with and be subject to
the terms and conditions provided hereunder and any additional
terms and conditions established by the Committee that are
consistent with the terms of the Omnibus Plan.
Each restricted share and restricted share unit award made under
the Omnibus Plan shall be for such number of shares as shall be
determined by the Committee and set forth in the award agreement
containing the terms of such restricted share or restricted
share unit award. Such agreement shall set forth a period of
time during which the grantee must remain in the continuous
employment (or other service-providing capacity) of the Company
in order for the forfeiture and transfer restrictions to lapse.
If the Committee so determines, the restrictions may lapse
during such restricted period in installments with respect to
specified portions of the shares covered by the restricted share
or restricted share unit award. The award agreement may also, in
the discretion of the Committee, set forth performance or other
conditions that will subject the shares to forfeiture and
transfer restrictions. The Committee may, at its discretion,
waive all or any part of the restrictions applicable to any or
all outstanding restricted share and restricted share unit
awards.
Each restricted share unit shall have a value equal to the fair
market value of a share. Restricted share units may be paid in
cash, shares, other securities or other property, as determined
in the sole discretion of the Committee, upon
75
the lapse of the restrictions applicable thereto, or otherwise
in accordance with the applicable award agreement. The
applicable award agreement shall specify whether a participant
will be entitled to receive dividend equivalent rights in
respect of restricted share units at the time of any payment of
dividends to stockholders on shares.
Performance Awards. The Committee shall
have sole and complete authority to determine the participants
who shall receive a performance award, which shall consist of a
right that is (i) denominated in cash or shares (including
but not limited to restricted shares and restricted share
units), (ii) valued, as determined by the Committee, in
accordance with the achievement of such performance goals during
such performance periods as the Committee shall establish, and
(iii) payable at such time and in such form as the
Committee shall determine.
Subject to the terms of the Omnibus Plan and any applicable
award agreement, the Committee shall determine the performance
goals to be achieved during any performance period, the length
of any performance period, the amount of any performance award
and the amount and kind of any payment or transfer to be made
pursuant to any performance award, and may amend specific
provisions of the performance award, provided, however, that
such amendment may not adversely affect existing performance
awards made within a performance period commencing prior to
implementation of the amendment.
Performance awards may be paid in a lump sum or in installments
following the close of the performance period or, in accordance
with the procedures established by the Committee, on a deferred
basis. Separation from service prior to the end of any
performance period, other than for reasons of death or
disability, will result in the forfeiture of the performance
award, and no payments will be made. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Committee may in its discretion, waive any
performance goals
and/or other
terms and conditions relating to a performance award. A
participants rights to any performance award may not be
sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise
encumbered or disposed of in any manner, except by will or the
laws of descent and distribution,
and/or
except as the Committee may determine at or after grant.
Awards that are granted as performance-based awards to certain
officers of the Company shall be based upon the attainment of
performance goals established by the Committee and payable at
such time and in such form as the Committee shall determine. The
performance objectives of performance-based awards to certain
officers under the Omnibus Plan may include one or more or a
combination of objectives, including the following:
(i) earnings before any one or more of the following:
interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization
and/or stock
compensation; (ii) operating (or gross) income or profit;
(iii) operating efficiencies; (iv) return on equity,
assets, capital, capital employed or investment; (v) after
tax operating income; (vi) net income; (vii) earnings
or book value per share; (viii) financial ratios;
(ix) cash flow(s); (x) total sales or revenues or
sales or revenues per employee; (xi) production (separate
work units); (xii) stock price or total stockholder return;
(xiii) dividends; (xiv) debt or cost reduction;
(xv) strategic business objectives, consisting of one or
more objectives based on meeting specified cost targets,
business expansion goals (including, without limitation,
developmental, strategic or manufacturing milestones of products
or projects in development, execution of contracts with current
or prospective customers and development of business expansion
strategies) and goals relating to acquisitions, joint ventures
or collaborations or divestitures; or (xvi) any combination
thereof.
To the extent necessary to comply with Section 162(m) of
the Code, with respect to grants of performance awards, no later
than 90 days following the commencement of each performance
period (or such other time as may be required or permitted by
Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, in
writing, (1) select the performance goal or goals
applicable to the performance period, (2) establish the
various targets and bonus amounts which may be earned for such
performance period, and (3) specify the relationship
between performance goals and targets and the amounts to be
earned by each covered officer for such performance period.
Following the completion of each performance period, the
Committee shall certify in writing whether the applicable
performance targets have been achieved and the amounts, if any,
payable to covered officers for such performance period. In
determining the amount earned by a covered officer for a given
performance period, subject to any applicable award agreement,
the Committee shall have the right to reduce (but not increase)
the amount payable at a given level of performance to take into
account additional factors that the Committee may deem relevant
in its sole discretion to the assessment of individual or
corporate performance for the performance period.
Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee
shall have the authority to determine the participants who shall
receive other equity-based awards, as deemed by the Committee to
be consistent with the purposes of the Omnibus Plan.
76
Subject to the terms of the Omnibus Plan and any applicable
award agreement, the Committee shall determine the terms and
conditions of any such other stock-based award.
Non-Employee Director Awards. The board
of directors may provide that all or a portion of a non-employee
directors annual retainer, meeting fees
and/or other
awards or compensation as determined by the board of directors,
be payable (either automatically or at the election of a
non-employee director) in the form of non-qualified stock
options, restricted shares, restricted share units
and/or other
stock-based awards, including unrestricted shares. The board of
directors shall have full power and authority in its discretion
to determine the terms and conditions of any such awards,
including the terms and conditions which may apply upon a
termination of the non-employee directors service as a
member of the board of directors and shall have full power and
authority in its discretion to administer such awards, subject
to the terms of the Omnibus Plan and applicable law.
Separation from Service. The Committee
shall have the full power and authority to determine the terms
and conditions that shall apply to any award upon a separation
from service with the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates,
including a separation from the Company with or without cause,
by a participant voluntarily, or by reason of death, disability,
early retirement or retirement, and may provide such terms and
conditions in the award agreement or in such rules and
regulations as it may prescribe.
Change in Control. Unless
otherwise provided by the Committee, or in an award agreement or
by a contractual agreement between the Company and a
participant, if, within one year following a change in control,
a participant separates from service with the Company (or its
successor) by reason of (a) death; (b) disability;
(c) normal retirement or early retirement; (d) for
good reason by the participant; or (e) involuntary
termination by the Company for any reason other than for cause,
all outstanding awards of such participant shall vest, become
immediately exercisable and payable and have all restrictions
lifted. For purposes of an award subject to Section 409A of
the Code, good reason shall exist only if (i) the
participant notifies the Company of the event establishing good
reason within 90 days of its initial existence,
(ii) the Company is provided 30 days to cure such
event and (iii) the participant separates from service with
the Company (or its successor) within 180 days of the
initial occurrence of the event.
In the event of a change in control, the surviving, continuing,
successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or
parent thereof, as the case may be, or the Acquiror (in
accordance with Section 409A of the Code, to the extent
applicable), may, without the consent of any participant, either
assume or continue the Companys rights and obligations
under each or any award or portion thereof outstanding
immediately prior to the change in control or substitute for
each or any such outstanding award or portion thereof a
substantially equivalent award with respect to the
Acquirors stock, as applicable, provided, that in the
event of such an assumption, the Acquiror must grant the rights
set forth above to the participant in respect of such assumed
awards.
The Committee may (in accordance with Section 409A of the Code,
to the extent applicable), in its discretion and without the
consent of any participant, determine that, upon the occurrence
of a change in control, each or any award or a portion thereof
outstanding immediately prior to the change in control and not
previously exercised or settled shall be canceled in exchange
for a payment with respect to each vested share (and each
unvested share, if so determined by the Committee) subject to
such canceled award in (i) cash, (ii) stock of the
Company or of a corporation or other business entity a party to
the change in control, or (iii) other property which, in
any such case, shall be in an amount having a fair market value
equal to the fair market value of the consideration to be paid
per share in the change in control, reduced by the exercise or
purchase price per share, if any, under such award (which
payment may, for the avoidance of doubt, be $0, in the event the
per share exercise or purchase price of an award is greater than
the per share consideration in connection with the change in
control). In the event such determination is made by the
Committee, the amount of such payment (reduced by applicable
withholding taxes, if any), if any, shall be paid to
participants in respect of the vested portions of their canceled
awards as soon as practicable following the date of the change
in control and in respect of the unvested portions of their
canceled awards in accordance with the vesting schedules
applicable to such awards.
Term and Amendment of Omnibus
Plan. The board of directors may
amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Omnibus Plan
or any portion thereof at any time, provided that no such
amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or
termination shall be made without stockholder approval if such
approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory
requirement for which or with which the board of directors deems
it necessary or desirable to comply. The Committee shall not
have the power to (i) amend the terms of previously granted
options
77
to reduce the option price of such options, (ii) amend the
terms of any previously granted SAR to reduce the grant price of
such SAR, (iii) cancel such options and grant substitute
options with a lower option price than the cancelled options, or
(iv) cancel such SARs and grant substitute SARs with a
lower grant price than the cancelled SARs, in each case without
the approval of the Companys stockholders.
The Omnibus Plan will terminate on on the tenth anniversary of
its adoption, after which no new awards may be granted under the
Omnibus Plan.
Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences. The following is a brief
summary of certain Federal income tax laws in effect on the date
hereof. This summary is not intended to be exhaustive and the
exact tax consequences to any participant will depend on his or
her particular circumstances and other factors. The Omnibus Plan
participants are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors
with respect to any state tax consequences or particular federal
tax implications of awards granted under the Omnibus Plan.
Tax consequences to the Company and to participants receiving
awards will vary with the type of award. Generally, a
participant will not recognize income, and the Company is not
entitled to take a deduction, upon the grant of an incentive
stock option, a nonqualified option, a SAR, a restricted share,
or a restricted share unit award. A participant will not have
taxable income upon exercising an incentive stock option (except
that the alternative minimum tax may apply). Upon exercising an
option other than an incentive stock option, the participant
must generally recognize ordinary income equal to the difference
between the exercise price and fair market value of the freely
transferable and non-forfeitable shares of common stock acquired
on the date of exercise. Similarly, the exercise of an SAR will
result in ordinary income on the value of the SAR to the
individual at the time of exercise.
If a participant sells shares of common stock acquired upon
exercise of an incentive stock option before the end of two
years from the date of grant and one year from the date of
exercise, the participant must generally recognize ordinary
income equal to the difference between (i) the fair market
value of the shares of common stock at the date of exercise of
the incentive stock option (or, if less, the amount realized
upon the disposition of the incentive stock option shares of
common stock), and (ii) the exercise price. Otherwise, a
participants disposition of shares of common stock
acquired upon the exercise of an option (including an incentive
stock option for which the incentive stock option holding period
is met) or SAR generally will result in short-term or long-term
capital gain or loss measured by the difference between the sale
price and the participants tax basis in such shares of
common stock. A participants tax basis generally will be
the sum of the exercise price of the option or SAR plus any
amount previously recognized as ordinary income in connection
with the exercise of the option or SAR.
The Company generally will be entitled to a tax deduction equal
to the amount recognized as ordinary income by the participant
in connection with an option or SAR. The Company generally is
not entitled to a tax deduction relating to amounts that
represent a capital gain to a participant. Accordingly, the
Company will not be entitled to any tax deduction with respect
to an incentive stock option if the participant holds the shares
of common stock for the incentive stock option holding periods
prior to disposition of the shares.
With respect to the grant of restricted shares, the participant
will recognize ordinary income on the fair market value of the
common stock at the time restricted shares vest (less any amount
paid for the shares) unless a participant makes an election
under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed at the time of
grant. With respect to a grant of restricted share units, the
participant will recognize ordinary income on the amount of cash
(for units payable in cash) or the fair market value of the
common stock (for units settled in stock) at the time such
payments are made available to the participant under the terms
of the restricted share unit award. The participant also is
subject to capital gains treatment on the subsequent sale of any
common stock acquired through the vesting of a SAR, restricted
share award, or restricted share unit award. For this purpose,
the participants basis in the common stock is its fair
market value at the time the SAR is exercised, the restricted
share becomes vested (or is granted, if an election under
Section 83(b) is made), or the restricted share units
become vested (unless delivery of the shares has been validly
deferred). The Company will be allowed a deduction for the
amount of ordinary income recognized by a participant with
respect to a restricted share award.
Payments made under performance awards are taxable as ordinary
income at the time an individual attains the performance goals
and the payments are made available to, and are transferable by,
the participant. Participants receiving performance awards
settled in shares of the Companys common stock will
recognize ordinary income equal to the fair market value of the
shares of the Companys common stock received as the
performance goals are
78
met and such shares vest, less any amount paid by the
participant for the performance shares, unless the participant
makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be
taxed at the time of the grant. A Section 83(b) election
may not be available with respect to certain forms of
performance awards. The participant is also subject to capital
gain or loss treatment on the subsequent sale of any of the
Companys common stock awarded to a participant as
performance shares. Unless a participant makes a
Section 83(b) election, his or her basis in the stock is
its fair market value at the time the performance goals are met
and the performance shares become vested.
Section 162(m) of the Code generally disallows a public
companys tax deduction for compensation paid in excess of
$1.0 million in any tax year to its chief executive officer
and certain other most highly compensated executives. However,
compensation that qualifies as performance-based
compensation is excluded from this $1.0 million
deduction limit and therefore remains fully deductible by the
company that pays it. The Company generally intends that, except
as otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee
(i) performance awards and (ii) options granted
(a) with an exercise price at least equal to 100% of the
fair market value of the underlying shares of common stock at
the date of grant (b) to employees the Compensation
Committee expects to be named executive officers at the time a
deduction arises in connection with such awards, qualify as
performance-based compensation so that these awards
will not be subject to the Section 162(m) deduction
limitations. The Compensation Committee will not necessarily
limit executive compensation to amounts deductible under
Section 162(m) of the Code, however, if such limitation is
not in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.
Substitute payments for dividends made to participants with
respect to restricted shares or certain performance awards
payable in the Companys stock will be taxed as ordinary
income to the participant until the shares vest. After vesting,
dividend payments may be qualified dividend income subject to a
current maximum federal tax rate of 15% provided that the
stockholder meets certain other requirements with respect to
those shares. If a participant makes a Section 83(b)
election with respect to restricted shares or certain eligible
performance awards, these payments may be qualified dividend
income, provided that the other requirements are met. We
recommend that participants consult with their tax advisors to
determine whether such dividends are qualified dividend income.
Section 409A of the Code provides generally that
nonqualified deferred compensation that does not meet certain
requirements will subject the recipients of such compensation to
accelerated taxation, enhanced underpayment interest and an
additional twenty percent tax. Although the Company intends to
administer the Omnibus Plan so that awards will be exempt from,
or will comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of
the Code, the Company does not warrant that any award under the
Omnibus Plan will qualify for favorable tax treatment under
Section 409A of the Code or any other provision of federal,
state, local or foreign law. The Company shall not be liable to
any participant for any tax, interest, or penalties that such
participant might owe as a result of the grant, holding,
vesting, exercise, or payment of any award under the Omnibus
Plan.
The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not
intended to be a complete description of the Federal income tax
consequences of the Omnibus Plan. This discussion does not
address the effects of other Federal taxes or taxes imposed
under state, local or foreign tax laws. Participants in the
Omnibus Plan are urged to consult a tax advisor as to the tax
consequences of participation.
The Omnibus Plan is not intended to be qualified under
Section 401(a) of the Code.
79
PRINCIPAL AND
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the
beneficial ownership of units of ownership interest in our
company as of June 27, 2011 by:
|
|
|
|
|
each of our named executive officers;
|
|
|
each of our directors and director nominees;
|
|
|
all directors, director nominees and executive officers as a
group;
|
|
|
each selling stockholder; and
|
|
|
each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of the
outstanding units of ownership interest in our company.
|
The table also sets forth such persons beneficial
ownership of common stock immediately after the completion of
this offering and after giving effect to the reorganization
transaction.
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the
rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we
believe that, based upon the information furnished to us, the
persons and entities named in the tables below have sole voting
and investment power with respect to all of the units that they
beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.
We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial
ownership upon, without giving effect to the reorganization
transactions expected to occur prior to the consummation of this
offering, 54,375,000 units outstanding on June 27,
2011 and, after giving effect to the reorganization
transactions, shares of common stock
outstanding upon completion of this offering.
In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially
owned by a person or group and the percentage ownership of that
person or group, we deemed to be outstanding any shares of
common stock subject to options held by that person or group
that are currently exercisable or exercisable within
60 days after June 27, 2011. We did not deem these
shares to be outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing
the percentage ownership of any other person.
Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial
owner set forth in the table is
c/o The
Chefs Warehouse, Inc., 100 East Ridge Road, Ridgefield,
Connecticut 06877, and our telephone number is
(203) 894-1345.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BEFORE OFFERING AND REORGANIZATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TRANSACTIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
AFTER OFFERING AND REORGANIZATION TRANSACTION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NUMBER OF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADDITIONAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NUMBER OF
|
|
|
PERCENT OF
|
|
|
NUMBER OF
|
|
|
SHARES OF
|
|
|
NUMBER OF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNITS OF
|
|
|
UNITS OF
|
|
|
SHARES OF
|
|
|
COMMON
|
|
|
SHARES OF
|
|
|
PERCENT OF
|
|
|
|
OWNERSHIP
|
|
|
OWNERSHIP
|
|
|
COMMON
|
|
|
STOCK TO BE
|
|
|
COMMON
|
|
|
COMMON
|
|
|
|
INTEREST
|
|
|
INTEREST
|
|
|
STOCK TO BE
|
|
|
SOLD AT
|
|
|
STOCK
|
|
|
STOCK
|
|
|
|
BENEFICIALLY
|
|
|
BENEFICIALLY
|
|
|
SOLD IN THIS
|
|
|
UNDERWRITERS
|
|
|
BENEFICIALLY
|
|
|
BENEFICIALLY
|
|
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER
|
|
OWNED(1)
|
|
|
OWNED(1)
|
|
|
OFFERING
|
|
|
OPTION
|
|
|
OWNED
|
|
|
OWNED
|
|
|
Christopher Pappas
|
|
|
16,666,667
|
|
|
|
30.70
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Pappas
|
|
|
16,666,667
|
|
|
|
30.70
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dean Facatselis
|
|
|
16,666,667
|
(2)
|
|
|
30.70
|
%(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kay Facatselis
|
|
|
16,666,667
|
(2)
|
|
|
30.70
|
%(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John A. Couri
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kevin Cox
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth Clark
|
|
|
519,667
|
(3)
|
|
|
0.96
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James Wagner
|
|
|
833,334
|
(4)
|
|
|
1.53
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Frank ODowd
|
|
|
416,667
|
(4)
|
|
|
0.77
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a
group (12 persons)
|
|
|
52,186,336
|
(3)(4)(5)
|
|
|
95.97
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Christopher Pappas, John Pappas,
Dean Facatselis and Kay Facatselis own 100% of our Class B
units. Only Class B units have voting rights.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Includes 8,333,333.5 units
owned individually by Dean Facatselis and 8,333,333.5 units
owned individually by Kay Facatselis, his wife.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Includes Class C units owned
by Mr. Clark that have vested or will vest within
60 days of the date of this prospectus, but excludes
129,167 Class C units that will vest on March 5, 2012;
29,167 Class C units that will vest on June 16, 2012;
129,167 Class C units that will vest on March 5, 2013;
and 26,166 Class C units that will vest on June 16,
2013.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Includes Class C units that
have vested or will vest within 60 days of the date of this
prospectus.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Includes 8,333,333.5 units
owned by Dean Facatseliss wife.
|
80
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The following sets forth certain transactions involving us and
our directors, executive officers and affiliates.
We do not have a formal written policy for review and approval
of transactions required to be disclosed pursuant to
Item 404(a) of
Regulation S-K.
Following the completion of this offering, we expect that our
audit committee will be responsible for review, approval and
ratification of related-person transactions between
us and any related person. Under SEC rules, a related person is
an officer, director, nominee for director or beneficial holder
of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities since the
beginning of the last fiscal year or an immediate family member
of any of the foregoing. Any member of the audit committee who
is a related person with respect to a transaction under review
will not be able to participate in the deliberations or vote on
the approval or ratification of the transaction. However, such a
director may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum
at a meeting of the committee that considers the transaction.
Other than the transactions described below and the arrangements
described under Compensation Discussion and
Analysis, since December 29, 2006, there has not
been, and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or
series of similar transactions to which we were or will be a
participant in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed
$120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a
direct or indirect material interest.
Reorganization
Transaction
Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, we
will complete a transaction in which we will convert Chefs
Warehouse Holdings, LLC into The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.
Specifically, immediately prior to, or at the time, the
registration statement of which this prospectus is part is
declared effective by the SEC, Chefs Warehouse Holdings,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, will convert into The
Chefs Warehouse, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the
members of Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC will receive
shares of our common stock in exchange for their membership
interests in Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC.
It is expected that our existing investors will own
approximately % of our outstanding
shares of common stock upon consummation of this offering. As a
result, we will
issue shares
of common stock in our reorganization transaction and each of
the holders of our Class B units and Class C units
will
receive shares
of our common stock for each unit of membership interest in
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC owned by them at the time of
the conversion. Of the total number of shares we issue in the
reorganization
transaction, shares
will be restricted shares of our common stock issued upon
conversion of our Class C units that have not vested as of the
date we consummate the reorganization transaction.
Warehouse and
Office Leases
We lease two warehouse and office facilities from two entities
that are wholly-owned by three of our directors pursuant to
long-term operating lease agreements.
Our subsidiary, Dairyland USA Corporation, subleases a warehouse
and office facility in the Bronx, New York from The Chefs
Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC, a New York limited liability company
that is wholly-owned by Christopher Pappas, John Pappas and Dean
Facatselis. The Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC leases
the facility from the New York City Industrial Development
Agency and subleases the facility to Dairyland USA Corporation
pursuant to a sublease agreement dated December 29, 2004,
which supplements a separate sublease agreement, dated
December 1, 2004, between Dairyland USA Corporation and The
Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC. The December 1, 2004
sublease contains general terms regarding the sublease agreement
and expires on June 29, 2030. The December 29, 2004
sublease provides more specific terms regarding the economic
terms of the arrangement and expires on December 31, 2014.
The annual base rent under the December 1, 2004 sublease
agreement equals the amount of rent payable by The Chefs
Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC to the New York City Industrial
Development Agency plus an amount necessary to allow The
Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC to service the
indebtedness it incurred to finance the completion of the
facility. The annual base rent under the December 29, 2004
sublease was initially $950,000, which has been subject to
cumulative annual increases of 3.5%. Dairyland USA Corporation
paid The Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC $1,128,302,
$1,090,147 and $1,053,282 under the terms of the sublease
agreements in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008,
respectively. The aggregate amount of all periodic payments
under the December 29, 2004 sublease agreement due on or
after the beginning of fiscal year 2011 through December 31,
2014 is approximately $4.9 million, plus annual taxes and
operating
81
expenses. From January 1, 2015 through June 29, 2030, the
aggregate amount of all periodic payments due under the
December 1, 2004 sublease agreement is approximately
$9.3 million. Under the terms of its lease agreement with
the New York City Industrial Development Agency, The Chefs
Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC has the option to terminate the lease
agreement with the New York City Industrial Development Agency
and purchase its leasehold interest upon 60 days
notice. If The Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC exercises
such option, that would concurrently terminate the sublease
agreement dated December 1, 2004, with Dairyland USA
Corporation, and the December 29, 2004 sublease which runs
through 2014 would be the governing instrument with respect to
the facility. Dairyland USA Corporation does not have an option
to acquire the facility under any of the agreements governing
this facility.
Dairyland USA Corporation also leases a warehouse and office
facility in Hanover, Maryland from Candlewood Road Property,
LLC, a Maryland limited liability company that is wholly-owned
by Christopher Pappas, John Pappas and Dean Facatselis, pursuant
to a lease agreement dated September 14, 2004. Candlewood
Road Property, LLC is the owner of the property. The lease
expires on September 30, 2014. The initial annual base rent
under the lease agreement was $360,000 and is subject to
cumulative annual increases of 3.5%. In fiscal 2010, Dairyland
USA Corporation paid Candlewood Road Property, LLC $431,308 in
rent under the terms of the lease. In fiscal 2009 and fiscal
2008, respectively, the lease payments totaled $416,723 and
$402,631. The aggregate amount of all periodic payments under
the lease agreement due on or after the beginning of fiscal year
2011 through the end of the lease is approximately $1,754,613,
plus annual taxes and operating expenses.
Employment of
Family Members
John Pappass brother-in-law, Constantine Papataros, is one
of our employees. We paid him $184,795, $175,100 and $170,000 in
total compensation in each of fiscal 2010, fiscal 2009 and
fiscal 2008, respectively.
82
DESCRIPTION OF
OUR CAPITAL STOCK
Our
Reorganization
Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, we
will convert from a Delaware limited liability company
(Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC) to a Delaware
corporation (The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.). The consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus,
which are the subject of the following discussion, are those of
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC and its consolidated
subsidiaries. We expect that our conversion to the corporate
form of organization will not have any material effect on our
consolidated financial statements. When we use the terms
we, our, us and the
Company in the following discussion, we mean, prior
to the conversion and related transactions described under
Certain Relationships and Related-Party
Transactions Reorganization Transaction,
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, and its consolidated subsidiaries and, after
the conversion and related transactions, The Chefs
Warehouse, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated
subsidiaries. For a discussion of the principal transactions in
the reorganization, see Certain Relationships and
Related-Party Transactions Reorganization
Transaction.
Common
Stock
Holders of our common stock, which has a par value of $0.01, are
entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters
submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative
voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares
of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of
directors may elect all of the directors standing for election.
Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably such
dividends, if any, as may be declared by our board of directors
out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any
preferential dividend rights of outstanding preferred stock.
Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of
our common stock are entitled to receive ratably our net assets
available after the payment of all debts and other liabilities
and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred
stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive,
subscription, redemption or conversion rights. In the opinion of
our counsel, the outstanding shares of our common stock are, and
the shares offered by us pursuant to this prospectus will be,
when issued and paid for, fully paid and nonassessable. The
rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common
stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the
rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock
which we may designate and issue in the future.
Preferred
Stock
Our board of directors is authorized, subject to any limitations
prescribed by law, without stockholder approval, to issue shares
of preferred stock in one or more series at any time or from
time to time. Each such series of preferred stock will have
rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including
voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption
privileges and liquidation preferences, as will be determined by
our board of directors.
Our board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of
preferred stock with terms and conditions which could have the
effect of discouraging a takeover or other transaction that
might involve a premium price for holders of shares of our
common stock or which holders of our common stock might believe
to be in their best interests.
Certain
Anti-Takeover Matters
Delaware
Business Combination Statute
Under Section 203 of the DGCL, a corporation is prohibited
from engaging in any business combination with a stockholder
who, together with its affiliates or associates, owns (or who is
an affiliate or associate of the corporation and within a
three-year period did own) 15% or more of the corporations
outstanding voting stock, or an interested stockholder, for a
three-year period following the time the stockholder became an
interested stockholder, unless:
|
|
|
|
|
prior to the time the stockholder became an interested
stockholder, the board of directors of the corporation approved
either the business combination or the transaction which
resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
|
|
|
the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting
stock of the corporation, excluding specified shares, upon
consummation of the transaction which resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; or
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
at or subsequent to the time the stockholder became an
interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by
the board of directors of the corporation and authorized by the
affirmative vote, at an annual or special meeting, and not by
written consent, of at least two-thirds of the outstanding
voting shares of the corporation, excluding shares held by that
interested stockholder.
|
A business combination generally includes:
|
|
|
|
|
mergers and consolidations with or caused by an interested
stockholder;
|
|
|
sales or other dispositions of 10% or more of the assets of a
corporation to an interested stockholder;
|
|
|
specified transactions resulting in the issuance or transfer to
an interested stockholder of any capital stock of a corporation
or its subsidiaries; and
|
|
|
other transactions resulting in a disproportionate financial
benefit to an interested stockholder.
|
The provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL do not apply to a
corporation if, subject to certain requirements, the certificate
of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation contain a
provision expressly electing not to be governed by the
provisions of the statute or the corporation does not have
voting stock listed on a national securities exchange or held of
record by more than 2,000 stockholders.
Because we have opted out of Section 203 of the
DGCL in our Certificate of Incorporation, the statute will not
apply to business combinations involving us.
Provisions of
our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
Under our Certificate of Incorporation, any vacancy on our board
of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting
from an enlargement of the board, may only be filled by vote of
a majority of the directors then serving, or by the sole
remaining director. The limitations on filling of vacancies
could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third
party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from
acquiring, control of us.
Our Certification of Incorporation also provides that any action
required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders at an
annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders may be taken
only if it is properly brought before such meeting and may not
be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Our Bylaws
provide that special meetings of the stockholders may only be
called by the chairman of the board of directors, the chief
executive officer, the secretary, or the board of directors.
Under our Bylaws, in order for any matter to be considered
properly brought before a meeting, a stockholder
must comply with certain requirements regarding advance notice
to the company. The foregoing provisions could have the effect
of delaying until the next stockholders meeting stockholder
actions which are favored by the holders of a majority of our
outstanding voting securities. These provisions also may
discourage another person or entity from making a tender offer
for our common stock because such person or entity, even if it
acquired a majority of our outstanding voting securities, would
be able to take action as a stockholder (such as electing new
directors or approving a merger) only at a duly called
stockholders meeting and not by written consent.
The DGCL provides, generally, that the affirmative vote of a
majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is
required to amend a corporations certificate of
incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporations certificate
of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a
greater percentage.
NASDAQ Global
Market Listing Trading
We have applied to have our common stock listed on The NASDAQ
Global Market under the symbol CHEF.
Transfer Agent
and Registrar
We have appointed American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,
LLC to be our transfer agent and registrar for our common stock.
84
DESCRIPTION OF
OUR INDEBTEDNESS
New Senior
Secured Credit Facilities
In connection with the transactions described under the caption
Use of Proceeds, we have entered into a commitment
letter, which we expect will be replaced with definitive loan
documentation simultaneously with the closing of this offering,
with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., General Electric Capital
Corporation and a syndicate of financial institutions and other
entities with respect to a new senior secured credit facility.
The new senior secured credit facility will provide for
(i) a $30.0 million term loan facility, maturing in
2015 and (ii) a $50.0 million revolving credit
facility maturing in 2015. We will also be entitled to increase
our borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility by up
to $20.0 million if no event of default exists and certain
other requirements are satisfied. We anticipate that our new
revolving credit facility will be (i) jointly and severally
guaranteed by each of our existing or subsequently acquired or
formed subsidiaries, (ii) secured by a first priority
security interest on substantially all of the Companys and
all of our subsidiaries tangible and intangible personal
property, (iii) secured by a first priority security
interest on all owned real property and (iv) secured by a
pledge of all of the capital stock of our subsidiaries.
We also expect that our new senior secured credit facilities
will require us to meet financial tests, including a maximum
consolidated total leverage ratio and a minimum consolidated
fixed charge coverage ratio. In addition, our new senior secured
credit facilities will contain negative covenants limiting,
among other things, additional indebtedness, transactions with
affiliates, additional liens, sales of assets, dividends,
investments and advances, capital expenditures, prepayments of
debt, mergers and acquisitions, and other matters customarily
restricted in such agreements. Our new senior secured credit
facilities will contain customary events of default, including
payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties,
covenant defaults, defaults under other material debt, material
damage or destruction of any collateral that is not insured,
events of bankruptcy and insolvency, failure of any guaranty or
security document supporting the new senior secured credit
facilities to be in full force and effect, and a change of
control of our business.
Borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities will
bear interest at our option of either (i) the Chase Bank
floating rate plus the applicable margin of 0.5% (revolving
loans) or 2.0% (term loans) or (ii) the Adjusted LIBO Rate
plus the applicable margin of 2.25% (revolving loans) or 4.0%
(term loans). The Chase Bank floating rate means the prime rate
of interest announced from time to time by Chase or its parent,
changing when and as said prime rate changes; provided that such
rate shall never be less than the adjusted one month LIBOR Rate
on such day. The Adjusted LIBO Rate means the rate for
eurodollar deposits for a period equal to one, two, three or six
months appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any other
service providing comparable rate quotations), two business days
prior to the first day of the applicable interest period.
In addition to paying on any outstanding principal amount under
our new senior secured credit facilities, we will be required to
pay an unused facility fee to the lenders equal to .375% per
annum on the aggregate amount of the unused revolving credit
facility, commencing on the execution and delivery of the new
senior secured credit facilities and payable quarterly in
arrears. A fronting fee of .25% per annum of the face amount of
each letter of credit issued will be payable to the issuing
lender, together with any processing charges.
Existing Senior
Secured Credit Facilities
In connection with our 2010 recapitalization, we entered into
our existing $100.0 million senior credit facilities with a
syndicate of lenders. The existing senior secured credit
facilities provide for (i) a $75.0 million term loan
facility and (ii) a revolving credit facility under which
we may borrow up to $25.0 million (including a sublimit cap
of up to $1.0 million for letters of credit and up to
$5.0 million for swing-line loans). Payment of all
obligations under the existing senior credit facilities is
collateralized by a first priority security interest in
substantially all of our assets and those of our subsidiaries.
Borrowings under our existing term loan facility bear interest,
at our option, at a rate equal to the greater of the federal
funds rate, the adjusted one month London Interbank Offered
Rate, or LIBOR, or 3%, in each case plus 8%, or LIBOR plus 9%,
with LIBOR having a 2% floor. Borrowings under the existing
revolving credit facility bear interest, at our option, at a
rate per annum based on the administrative agents prime
rate, plus a margin of up to 1.25%, or LIBOR, plus a margin of
up to 3.5%, with the margins determined by certain financial
ratios. In addition to the interest on our borrowings, we must
pay an annual commitment fee of 0.25% on the unused portion of
the existing revolving credit facility. The weighted-average
interest rate under our
85
existing senior secured revolving credit facility was
approximately 3.4% for the year ended December 24, 2010 and
3.8% for the three months ended March 25, 2011.
We expect to use net proceeds from this offering, together with
borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities, to
repay all of our loans outstanding under our existing senior
secured credit facilities and any accrued and unpaid interest
thereon and other related fees. As of December 24, 2010 and
March 25, 2011, approximately $86.0 million and
$82.2 million, respectively, principal amount of loans were
outstanding under our existing senior secured credit facilities.
Subsequent to March 25, 2011, we borrowed approximately
$8.9 million under our existing senior secured revolving credit
facility to finance our acquisition on June 24, 2011 of
certain of the assets of Harry Wils & Co.
The existing senior secured credit facilities contain certain
customary events of default, including, without limitation, upon
the occurrence of certain change of control transactions that
include the completion of this offering.
Senior
Subordinated Notes
In connection with our 2010 recapitalization, we also issued
$15.0 million of our senior subordinated notes. Interest on
these notes is not payable in cash prior to the maturity date,
but rather in kind through the issuance of additional notes, and
accrues at a rate of 20% semi-annually in arrears. Interest may,
however, be paid in cash if our leverage ratio is below certain
levels. The principal on the notes is due on October 22,
2014.
We expect to use net proceeds from this offering, together with
borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities, to
redeem or repurchase all of our outstanding senior subordinated
notes due 2014 and any accrued and unpaid interest thereon
including the call premium associated with such redemption or
repurchase. As of December 24, 2010 and March 25,
2011, approximately $15.5 million and $16.3 million,
respectively, aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated
notes were outstanding. Our senior subordinated notes include a
call premium, which we expect would equal approximately
$0.8 million in connection with the redemption of these
notes in connection with the offering.
The senior subordinated notes contain certain customary events
of default, including, without limitation, upon the occurrence
of certain change of control transactions that include the
completion of this offering.
86
SHARES ELIGIBLE
FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no market for shares of
our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, future
sales of shares of our common stock, or the availability for
future sales of shares of our common stock, will have on the
market price of shares of our common stock prevailing from time
to time. The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our common
stock in the market, or the perception that such sales could
occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our
common stock.
Reorganization
Transaction
Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, we
will complete a transaction in which we will convert Chefs
Warehouse Holdings, LLC into The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.
Specifically, immediately prior to, or at the time, the
registration statement of which this prospectus is part is
declared effective by the SEC, Chefs Warehouse Holdings,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, will convert into The
Chefs Warehouse, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the
members of Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC will receive
shares of our common stock in exchange for their membership
interests in Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC.
It is expected that our existing investors will own
approximately % of our outstanding
shares of common stock upon consummation of this offering. As a
result, we will
issue shares
of common stock in our reorganization transaction and each of
the holders of our Class B units and Class C units
will
receive shares
of our common stock for each unit of membership interest in
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC owned by them at the time of
the conversion.
Of the total number of shares we issue in the reorganization
transaction, shares
will be restricted shares of our common stock issued upon
conversion of our Class C units that have not vested as of
the date we consummate the reorganization transaction. As of the
date hereof, we had 15 members, four of whom own Class B
units and 11 of whom own Class C units. Immediately
following this reorganization transaction, we will have 15
holders of shares of our common stock.
Sale of
Restricted Shares
Upon completion of this offering and the reorganization
transactions, we will have shares of common
stock outstanding, based upon 54,375,000 units of ownership
interest outstanding as of June 27, 2011. Of these shares,
the shares sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon
exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option, will
be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act,
except for any shares purchased by our affiliates as
that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the
Securities Act. In general, affiliates include our executive
officers, directors, and 10% stockholders. Shares purchased by
affiliates will remain subject to the resale limitations of
Rule 144.
Upon completion of this offering, shares of our
common stock will be restricted securities, as that
term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the
Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for
public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act
or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under
Rules 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act,
which are summarized below.
As a result of the
lock-up
agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144
promulgated under the Securities Act, the shares of our common
stock (excluding the shares sold in this offering) will be
available for sale in the public market as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
no shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this
prospectus; and
|
|
|
shares will be eligible for
sale upon the expiration of the
lock-up
agreements, as more particularly described below, beginning
180 days after the date of this prospectus.
|
Lock-Up
Agreements
Our officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our
outstanding common stock will enter into
lock-up
agreements in connection with this offering, generally providing
that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell or grant any
option to purchase or otherwise dispose of our common stock,
units or any securities that are convertible into,
87
that are exercisable for or that represent the right to receive
shares of common stock owned by them for a period of at least
180 days after the date of this prospectus without the
prior written consent of Jefferies & Company, Inc. Despite
possible earlier eligibility for sale under the provisions of
Rule 144, shares subject to
lock-up
agreements will not be salable until these agreements expire or
are waived by the underwriters. The
lock-up
agreements will provide exceptions, however, for the transfer of
shares in certain limited situations, including, but not limited
to, transfers made as a bona fide gift, transfers made to any
trust, corporation, partnership or limited liability company the
beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or members of which are
the transferor or the transferors immediate family, the
exchange of Class B units and Class C units for shares
of our common stock in connection with the reorganization
transaction and transfers made pursuant to a will or other
testamentary document or applicable laws of descent.
Approximately % of our outstanding shares of common
stock will be subject to such
lock-up
agreements. These agreements are more fully described in
Underwriting No Sales of Similar
Securities.
We have been advised by the underwriters that they may at their
discretion waive the
lock-up
agreements; however, they have no current intention of releasing
any shares subject to a
lock-up
agreement. The release of any
lock-up
would be considered on a
case-by-case
basis. In considering any request to release shares covered by a
lock-up
agreement, Jefferies & Company, Inc. would consider
circumstances of emergency and hardship. No agreement has been
made between the underwriters and us or any of our stockholders
pursuant to which the underwriters will waive the
lock-up
restrictions.
Rule 144
Generally, Rule 144 provides that an affiliate who has
beneficially owned restricted shares of our common
stock for at least six months will be entitled to sell on the
open market in brokers transactions, within any
three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding,
which will equal shares upon completion of this
offering; or
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the
four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on
Form 144 with respect to such sale.
|
In addition, sales under Rule 144 are subject to
requirements with respect to manner of sale, notice, and the
availability of current public information about us.
In the event that any person who is deemed to be our affiliate
purchases shares of our common stock in this offering or
acquires shares of our common stock pursuant to one of our
employee benefits plans, sales under Rule 144 of the shares
held by that person will be subject to the volume limitations
and other restrictions described in the preceding two paragraphs.
The volume limitation, manner of sale and notice provisions
described above will not apply to sales by non-affiliates. For
purposes of Rule 144, a non-affiliate is any person or
entity who is not our affiliate at the time of sale and has not
been our affiliate during the preceding three months. Once we
have been a reporting company for 90 days, a non-affiliate
who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock
for six months may rely upon Rule 144 provided that certain
public information regarding us is available. The six-month
holding period increases to one year in the event we have not
been a reporting company for at least 90 days. However, a
non-affiliate who has beneficially owned the restricted shares
proposed to be sold for at least one year will not be subject to
any restrictions under Rule 144 regardless of how long we
have been a reporting company.
Form S-8
Registration Statements
We intend to file one or more registration statements on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after the
completion of this offering for shares issued upon the exercise
of options and shares to be issued under our employee benefit
plans, including the Omnibus Plan. As a result, any such options
or shares will be freely tradable in the public market.
Notwithstanding that we will have filed a registration statement
covering shares of our common stock issuable under our employee
benefit plans, such shares held by affiliates will still be
subject to the volume limitation, manner of sale, notice and
public information requirements of Rule 144 of the
SECs rules and regulations.
88
MATERIAL U.S.
FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR
NON-UNITED
STATES HOLDERS
The following discussion is a general summary of the material
U.S. federal tax consequences of the purchase, ownership
and disposition of shares of our common stock applicable to
non-U.S. holders.
As used herein, a
non-U.S. holder
means a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is
not a U.S. person (as defined below) or a
partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and that
will hold shares of our common stock as capital assets (within
the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code). For
U.S. federal income tax purposes, a
U.S. person includes:
|
|
|
|
|
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
|
|
|
a corporation (or other business entity treated as a corporation
for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized
in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any
state thereof or the District of Columbia;
|
|
|
an estate the income of which is subject to United States
federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
|
|
|
a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a
court within the United States and the control of one or more
U.S. persons, or (2) was in existence on
August 20, 1996, was treated as a U.S. domestic trust
immediately prior to that date, and has validly elected to
continue to be treated as a U.S. domestic trust.
|
In the case of a holder that is classified as a partnership for
U.S. federal income tax purposes that holds our common
stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership
generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the
activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a
partnership holding our common stock, then you should consult
your own tax advisors.
This summary does not consider specific facts and circumstances
that may be relevant to a particular
non-U.S. holders
tax position and does not consider state and local or
non-U.S. tax
consequences. It also does not consider
non-U.S. holders
subject to special tax treatment under the U.S. federal
income tax laws (including partnerships or other pass-through
entities, financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated
investment companies, real estate investment trusts, dealers in
securities, holders of shares of our common stock that hold such
shares as part of a straddle, hedge,
conversion transaction or other risk-reduction
transaction, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign
investment companies, companies that accumulate earnings to
avoid U.S. federal income tax, tax-exempt organizations,
former U.S. citizens or residents and persons who hold or
receive shares of our common stock as compensation). This
summary is based on provisions of the Code, applicable Treasury
regulations, administrative pronouncements of the
U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, and
judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all
of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis,
and different interpretations.
Each prospective
non-U.S. holder
should consult its tax advisor with respect to the
U.S. federal, state, local and
non-U.S. income,
estate and other tax consequences of purchasers holding and
disposing of shares of our common stock.
U.S. Trade or
Business Income
For purposes of this discussion, dividend income, and gain on
the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, will
be considered to be U.S. trade or business
income if such dividend income or gain is
(1) effectively connected with the conduct by a
non-U.S. holder
of a trade or business within the United States and (2) in
the case of a
non-U.S. holder
that is eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty with
the United States, attributable to a permanent
establishment (or, for an individual, a fixed
base) maintained by the
non-U.S. holder
in the United States. Generally, U.S. trade or business
income is not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax
(provided the
non-U.S. holder
complies with applicable certification and disclosure
requirements); instead, U.S. trade or business income is
subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at
regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as
a U.S. person. Any U.S. trade or business income
received by a
non-U.S. holder
that is a corporation also may be subject to an additional
branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or at a lower rate
prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty, under specific
circumstances.
The U.S. federal withholding tax does not apply to any
dividends that are U.S. trade or business income, as
described above, of a
non-U.S. holder
who provides a properly executed IRS
Form W-8ECI
(or appropriate substitute
89
or successor form), certifying that the dividends are
effectively connected with the
non-U.S. holders
conduct of a trade or business within the United States.
Distributions
Distributions of cash or property (other than certain stock
distributions) that we pay on shares of our common stock (or
certain redemptions that are treated as distributions of shares
of our common stock) will be taxable as dividends for
U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from
our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined
under U.S. federal income tax principles). If the amount of
a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and
profits, such excess first will be treated as a tax-free return
of capital to the extent of the
non-U.S. holders
adjusted tax basis in its shares of our common stock, and
thereafter will be treated as capital gain. See
Dispositions of Shares of Our Common Stock below. A
non-U.S. holder
generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax
at a 30% rate, or at a reduced rate prescribed by an applicable
income tax treaty, on any dividends received in respect of
shares of our common stock. In order to obtain a reduced rate of
U.S. federal withholding tax under an applicable income tax
treaty, a
non-U.S. holder
will be required to provide a properly executed IRS
Form W-8BEN
(or appropriate substitute or successor form) certifying its
entitlement to benefits under the treaty. Special certification
and other requirements apply to certain
non-U.S. holders
that act as intermediaries. A
non-U.S. holder
of shares of our common stock that is eligible for a reduced
rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax
treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts
withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the
IRS. A
non-U.S. holder
should consult its own tax advisor regarding its possible
entitlement to benefits under an income tax treaty.
Dispositions of
Shares of Our Common Stock
A
non-U.S. holder
generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or
withholding tax in respect of any gain on a sale or other
disposition of shares of our common stock unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain is U.S. trade or business income, as described
above;
|
|
|
the
non-U.S. holder
is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 or
more days in the taxable year of the disposition and meets
certain other conditions; or
|
|
|
we are or have been a U.S. real property holding
corporation, which we refer to as a USRPHC,
under section 897 of the Code at any time during the
shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of
disposition and the
non-U.S. holders
holding period for its shares of our common stock.
|
In general, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value
of its U.S. real property interests equals or
exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide
(domestic and foreign) real property interests and its other
assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe
that we currently are not a USRPHC. In addition, based on our
financial statements and current expectations regarding the
value and nature of our assets and other relevant data, we do
not anticipate becoming a USRPHC, although there can be no
assurance these conclusions are correct or might not change in
the future based on changed circumstances. If we are found to be
a USRPHC, a
non-U.S. holder,
nevertheless, will not be subject to U.S. federal income or
withholding tax in respect of any gain on a sale or other
disposition of shares of our common stock so long as shares of
our common stock are regularly traded on an established
securities market as defined under applicable Treasury
regulations and a
non-U.S. holder
owns, actually and constructively, 5% or less of the shares of
our common stock during the shorter of the five year period
ending on the date of disposition and such
non-U.S. holders
holding period for its shares of our common stock. Prospective
investors should be aware that no assurance can be given that
shares of our common stock will be so regularly traded when a
non-U.S. holder
sells its shares of our common stock.
Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject
to a flat 30% tax, which may be offset by certain
U.S. source capital losses.
Information
Reporting Requirements, Backup Withholding and Certain Other
Required Withholding
We must annually report to the IRS and to each
non-U.S. holder
any dividend income and any amount of tax, if any, withheld with
respect to such dividends that is subject to U.S. federal
withholding tax, or that is exempt from such withholding tax
pursuant to an income tax treaty. Copies of these information
returns also may be made available under the provisions of a
specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the
country in which the
90
non-U.S. holder
resides. Under certain circumstances, the Code imposes a backup
withholding obligation (at a rate of 28% through 2012 and 31%
thereafter, absent U.S. Congressional action) on certain
reportable payments. Dividends paid to a
non-U.S. holder
of shares of our common stock generally will be exempt from
backup withholding if the
non-U.S. holder
provides a properly executed IRS
Form W-8BEN
(or appropriate substitute or successor form) or otherwise
establishes an exemption.
The payment of the proceeds from the disposition of shares of
our common stock to or through the U.S. office of any
broker, U.S. or foreign, will be subject to information
reporting and possible backup withholding unless the holder
certifies (generally on IRS
Form W-8BEN)
that the holder is not a U.S. person under penalties of
perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption, provided that the
broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the
holder is a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other
exemption are not, in fact, satisfied. The payment of the
proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock to
or through a
non-U.S. office
of a
non-U.S. broker
will not be subject to information reporting or backup
withholding unless the
non-U.S. broker
is a foreign person with certain specified U.S. connections
(a U.S. related person). In the case of the
payment of the proceeds from the disposition of shares of our
common stock to or through a
non-U.S. office
of a broker that is either a U.S. person or a
U.S. related person, the Treasury regulations
require information reporting (but not backup withholding) on
the payment unless the holder certifies under penalties of
perjury (usually on IRS
Form W-8BEN)
that the holder is not a U.S. person or otherwise
establishes an exemption and the broker has no knowledge to the
contrary.
Non-U.S. holders
should consult their own tax advisors on the application of
information reporting and backup withholding to them in their
particular circumstances (including upon their disposition of
shares of our common stock).
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts
withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a
non-U.S. holder
will be refunded or credited against the
non-U.S. holders
U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, if the
non-U.S. holder
timely provides the required information to the IRS and meets
certain other requirements.
For taxable years beginning after 2012, a U.S. federal
withholding tax at a 30% rate will be imposed on dividends and
proceeds of sale in respect of shares of our common stock paid
to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign non-financial
entity, unless (i) the foreign financial institution
undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations or
(ii) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it
does not have any substantial United States owners or furnishes
identifying information regarding each substantial United States
owner. If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must
enter into an agreement with the United States Treasury
requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify
accounts held by certain United States persons or United
States-owned foreign entities, annually report certain
information about such accounts and withhold 30% on payments to
account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with
these reporting and other requirements. If payment of
U.S. federal withholding tax is required,
non-U.S. holders
that are otherwise eligible for an exemption from, or reduction
of, U.S. federal withholding taxes with respect to such
dividends and proceeds will be required to seek a refund from
the IRS to obtain the benefit of such exemption or reduction.
The legislation would apply to payments made after
December 31, 2012. Prospective investors should consult
their tax advisor regarding this legislation. We will not pay
any additional amounts in respect of any amounts withheld.
Federal Estate
Tax
Individual
non-U.S. holders
and entities the property of which is potentially includible in
such an individuals gross estate for U.S. federal
estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by such an
individual and with respect to which the individual has retained
certain interests or powers), should note that, absent an
applicable treaty benefit, shares of our common stock will be
treated as U.S. situs property and, therefore, will be
subject to U.S. federal estate tax.
91
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
underwriting agreement to be dated on or
about ,
2011, between us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters
named below, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell
to the underwriters, and the underwriters have severally agreed
to purchase from us and the selling stockholders, the number of
shares indicated in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
UNDERWRITERS
|
|
NUMBER OF SHARES
|
|
|
Jefferies & Company, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BMO Capital Markets Corp.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BB&T Capital Markets, a division of Scott &
Stringfellow, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canaccord Genuity Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jefferies & Company, Inc., BMO Capital Markets Corp.
and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are acting as joint
book-running
managers of this offering, and are also acting as
representatives of the underwriters named above.
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the
several underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent
such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers
certificates and legal opinions and approval of certain legal
matters by their counsel. The underwriting agreement provides
that the underwriters will purchase all of the shares if any of
them are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting
agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the
nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting
agreement may be terminated. We and the selling stockholders
have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their
controlling persons against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to
payments that the underwriters may be required to make in
respect of those liabilities.
The underwriters have advised us that they currently intend to
make a market in the shares. However, the underwriters are not
obligated to do so and may discontinue any market-making
activities at any time without notice. No assurance can be given
as to the liquidity of the trading market for the shares.
The underwriters are offering the shares subject to their
acceptance of the shares from us and the selling stockholders
and subject to prior sale. The underwriters reserve the right to
withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject
orders in whole or in part. In addition, the underwriters have
advised us that they do not intend to confirm sales to any
account over which they exercise discretionary authority.
Commission and
Expenses
The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the
shares to the public at the initial public offering price set
forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain
dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of
$ per share. The underwriters may
allow, and certain dealers may reallow, a discount from the
concession not in excess of $ per
share to certain brokers and dealers. After the offering, the
initial public offering price, concession and reallowance to
dealers may be reduced by the representatives. No such reduction
will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set
forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
92
The following table shows the public offering price, the
underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling
stockholders are to pay the underwriters and the proceeds,
before expenses, to us and the selling stockholders in
connection with this offering. Such amounts are shown assuming
both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters
option to purchase additional shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PER SHARE
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
|
|
WITHOUT
|
|
|
WITH
|
|
|
WITHOUT
|
|
|
WITH
|
|
|
|
OPTION TO
|
|
|
OPTION TO
|
|
|
OPTION TO
|
|
|
OPTION TO
|
|
|
|
PURCHASE
|
|
|
PURCHASE
|
|
|
PURCHASE
|
|
|
PURCHASE
|
|
|
|
ADDITIONAL
|
|
|
ADDITIONAL
|
|
|
ADDITIONAL
|
|
|
ADDITIONAL
|
|
|
|
SHARES
|
|
|
SHARES
|
|
|
SHARES
|
|
|
SHARES
|
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds to us, before expenses
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by the selling
stockholders
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds to the selling stockholders, before expenses
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this
offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions
referred to above, will be approximately
$ . We estimate expenses payable by
the selling stockholders in connection with this offering, other
than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to
above, will be approximately $ .
Determination of
Offering Price
Prior to the offering, there has not been a public market for
our shares. Consequently, the initial public offering price for
our shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the
underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in these
negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial
information, market valuations of other companies that we and
the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of
our business potential, the present state of our development and
other factors deemed relevant.
We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price
will correspond to the price at which the shares will trade in
the public market subsequent to the offering or that an active
trading market for the shares will develop and continue after
the offering.
Listing
We have applied to have our shares listed on The NASDAQ Global
Market under the trading symbol CHEF.
Over-Allotment
Option
The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an
over-allotment option. This option, which is exercisable for up
to 30 days after the date of this prospectus, permits the
underwriters to purchase up to
additional shares from the selling stockholders solely to cover
over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise all or part of
this option, they will purchase shares covered by the option at
the public offering price that appears on the cover of this
prospectus, less the underwriting discount. If this option is
exercised in full, the total price to the public will be
approximately $ million and
the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable by the
selling stockholders will be approximately
$ million. The underwriters
have severally agreed that, to the extent the over-allotment
option is exercised, they will each purchase a number of
additional shares proportionate to the underwriters
initial amount reflected in the table above.
93
No Sales of
Similar Securities
We, our officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our
outstanding stock have agreed, subject to specified exceptions,
not to directly or indirectly:
|
|
|
|
|
sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including any
short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open put
equivalent position within the meaning of
Rule 16a-l(h)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or, the
Exchange Act, or
|
|
|
otherwise dispose of any shares, options or warrants to acquire
shares, or securities that are convertible into, that are
exercisable for or that represent the right to shares of common
stock currently or hereafter owned either of record or
beneficially, or
|
|
|
publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing for a
period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus
without the prior written consent of Jefferies &
Company, Inc.
|
This restriction terminates after the close of trading of the
shares on and including the 180th day after the date of
this prospectus. However, subject to certain exceptions, in the
event that either:
|
|
|
|
|
during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period,
we issue an earnings release or material news or a material
event relating to us occurs, or
|
|
|
prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
restricted period,
|
then in either case the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period will be extended until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the date of the issuance of an earnings
release or the occurrence of the material news or event, as
applicable, unless Jefferies & Company, Inc. waives,
in writing, such an extension.
Jefferies & Company, Inc. may, in its sole discretion
and at any time or from time to time before the termination of
the 180-day
period, without public notice, release all or any portion of the
securities subject to
lock-up
agreements. There are no existing agreements between the
underwriters and any of our stockholders who will execute a
lock-up
agreement, providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the
expiration of the
lock-up
period.
Stabilization
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to
Regulation M under the Exchange Act, certain persons
participating in the offering may engage in transactions,
including over-allotment, stabilizing bids, syndicate covering
transactions or the imposition of penalty bids, which may have
the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the
shares at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in
the open market. Over-allotment involves syndicate sales in
excess of the offering size, which creates a syndicate short
position.
Covered short sales are sales made in an amount not
greater than the underwriters option to purchase
additional shares in this offering. The underwriters may close
out any covered short position by either exercising their option
to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open
market. In determining the source of shares to close out the
covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among
other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the
open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase
shares through the option to purchase additional shares.
Naked short sales are sales in excess of the option
to purchase additional shares. The underwriters must close out
any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open
market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if
the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward
pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after
pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in
this offering.
A stabilizing bid is a bid for the purchase of shares on behalf
of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the
price of the shares. A syndicate covering transaction is the bid
for or the purchase of shares on behalf of the underwriters to
reduce a short position incurred by the underwriters in
connection with the offering. A penalty bid is an arrangement
permitting the underwriters to reclaim the selling concession
otherwise accruing to a syndicate member in connection with the
offering if the shares originally sold by such syndicate member
are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction and therefore
have not been effectively placed by such syndicate member.
94
None of we, the selling stockholders or any of the underwriters
makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or
magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above
may have on the price of our shares. The underwriters are not
obligated to engage in these activities, and, if commenced, any
of the activities may be discontinued at any time.
Directed Share
Program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the
initial public offering price, up
to
shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to
our directors, officers, employees, business associates and
related persons. Reserved shares purchased by our directors and
officers will be subject to the
lock-up
provisions described above. The number of shares of our common
stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced
to the extent these persons purchase such reserved shares. Any
reserved shares of our common stock that are not so purchased
will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the
same terms as the other shares of our common stock offered by
this prospectus. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters
against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities
under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the
directed shares.
Electronic
Distribution
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by
electronic mail or on the websites or through online services
maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their
affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view
offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online.
The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number
of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such
allocation for online distributions will be made by the
underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than
the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the
underwriters websites and any information contained in any
other website maintained by any of the underwriters is not part
of this prospectus, has not been approved
and/or
endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon
by investors.
Affiliations and
Conflicts of Interest
The underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates are
full service financial institutions engaged in various
activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and
investment banking, financial advisory, investment management,
investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing
and brokerage activities. The underwriters and certain of their
respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and
may in the future perform, various financial advisory and
investment banking services for the Company, for which they
received or will receive customary fees and expenses.
In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the
underwriters and certain of their respective affiliates may make
or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and
equity securities (or related derivative securities) and
financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own
account and for the accounts of their customers, and such
investment and securities activities may involve securities
and/or
instruments of the Company. The underwriters and certain of
their respective affiliates may also make investment
recommendations
and/or
publish or express independent research views in respect of such
securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend
to clients that they acquire, long
and/or short
positions in such securities and instruments.
As described under the caption Use of Proceeds, we
intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering
to redeem or repurchase all of our senior subordinated notes and
repay all of our loans outstanding under our existing senior
secured credit facilities. Because an affiliate of
Jefferies & Company, Inc. is a lender under our
existing term loan facility and one of the holders of our senior
subordinated notes and will receive more than 5% of the net
proceeds of this offering, Jefferies & Company, Inc.
may be deemed to have a conflict of interest under
the applicable provisions of Rule 5121 of FINRA.
Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the
applicable provisions of Rule 5121. Rule 5121
currently requires that a qualified independent
underwriter, as defined by the FINRA rules, participate in
the preparation of the registration statement and the prospectus
and exercise the usual standards of due diligence in respect
thereto.
has served in that capacity and will not receive any additional
fees for serving as qualified independent underwriter in
connection with this offering. We have agreed to
indemnify against liabilities incurred in connection
with acting as a qualified independent underwriter, including
liabilities under the Securities Act. In accordance with
Rule 5121, Jefferies & Company, Inc. will not
make sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written
consent of the account holder.
95
Selling
Restrictions
European Economic Area. In relation to each
Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented
the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member
State) an offer to the public of any shares which are the
subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not
be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to
the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be
made at any time under the following exemptions under the
Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that
Relevant Member State:
|
|
(a)
|
to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate
in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated,
whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
|
(b)
|
to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average
of at least 250 employees during the last financial year;
(2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and
(3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000,
as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
|
(c)
|
to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified
investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to
obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such
offer; or
|
(d)
|
in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of
the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of the
shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us
or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of
the Prospectus Directive.
|
Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any
communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under,
the offers contemplated in this prospectus will be deemed to
have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each
underwriter and us that:
|
|
(a)
|
it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the law in that
Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the
Prospectus Directive; and
|
(b)
|
in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial
intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the
Prospectus Directive, (i) the shares acquired by it in the
offer have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been
acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any
Relevant Member State, other than qualified investors, as that
term is defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances
in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given
to the offer or resale; or (ii) where shares have been
acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State
other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it
is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been
made to such persons.
|
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an
offer to the public in relation to any shares in any
Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by
any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer
and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to
decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in that
Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus
Directive in that Member State and the expression
Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and
includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant
Member State.
Each underwriter has represented, warranted and agreed that:
|
|
(a)
|
it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will
only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or
inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning
of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000 (the FSMA)) to persons who are investment
professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the FSMA
(Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which
Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
|
(b)
|
it has complied with and will comply with all applicable
provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in
relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the
United Kingdom.
|
Switzerland. The shares offered pursuant to
this document will not be offered, directly or indirectly, to
the public in Switzerland and this document does not constitute
a public offering prospectus as that term is understood pursuant
to art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of
Obligations. We have not applied for a listing of the shares
being offered pursuant to this prospectus supplement on the SWX
Swiss Exchange or on any other regulated securities market, and
consequently, the information presented in this document does
not necessarily comply with the information standards set out in
the relevant listing rules. The shares being offered pursuant to
this prospectus supplement have not been registered with the
Swiss Federal Banking Commission as foreign investment funds,
and the investor protection afforded to acquirers of investment
fund certificates does not extend to acquirers of shares.
Investors are advised to contact their legal, financial or tax
advisers to obtain an independent assessment of the financial
and tax consequences of an investment in shares.
96
LEGAL
MATTERS
The validity of the shares offered hereby will be passed upon
for us by Bass, Berry & Sims PLC, Nashville,
Tennessee. Certain legal matters in connection with this
offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by
Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements as of December 24,
2010 and December 25, 2009 and for each of the three years
in the period ended December 24, 2010 included in this
prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of
BDO USA, LLP (BDO), an independent registered public
accounting firm, appearing elsewhere therein, given on the
authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
In 2011, BDO informed us that in 2008, Trenwith Valuation, LLC,
an affiliate of BDO, provided certain valuation services to our
company in connection with the acquisition of American Gourmet
Foods, Inc., and that these services were not in accordance with
the Auditor Independence Rules of
Regulation S-X
and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB). BDO
informed our management that, after considering the impact that
the provision of the non audit service may have had on
BDOs independence with respect to us, it believes that it
is and was capable of exercising its objective and impartial
judgment on all issues encompassed within the audit engagement
noted above.
Throughout the first quarter of 2011, members of our senior
management and our board of directors considered the impact that
the non audit service may have had on BDOs independence
with respect to us. Our board members, in discussion with
members of our senior management, considered this matter in
light of all the facts and circumstances and determined that a
reasonable investor with knowledge of all relevant facts and
circumstances would conclude that BDO is and was capable of
exercising objective and impartial judgment on all issues
encompassed within the accounting engagement.
Members of our senior management and our board of directors
based our conclusion on the fact that management prepared the
initial analysis that was reported on by Trenwith Valuation,
LLC. Furthermore management prepared the analysis on all other
aspects of the acquisition such as valuation of accounts
receivable, inventory and liabilities.
WHERE YOU CAN
FIND MORE INFORMATION
This prospectus is part of a registration statement on
Form S-1
that we have filed with the SEC under the Securities Act
covering the shares of common stock that we are offering. As
permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, this
prospectus omits certain information contained in the
registration statement. For further information with respect to
us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration
statement and to its exhibits and schedules. We make reference
in this prospectus to certain of our contracts, agreements and
other documents that are filed as exhibits to the registration
statement. For additional information regarding those contracts,
agreements and other documents, please see the exhibits attached
to this registration statement.
You can read the registration statement and the exhibits and
schedules filed with the registration statement or any reports,
statements or other information we have filed or file, at the
public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at the public
reference room (Room 1580), 100 F Street, N.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of the
documents from such offices upon payment of the prescribed fees.
You may call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on the operation of the public reference
room. You may also request copies of the documents upon payment
of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. In addition, the
SEC maintains a website that contains reports and other
information regarding registrants (including us) that file
electronically with the SEC, which you can access at
http://www.sec.gov.
Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the
information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange
Act, and, in accordance with such requirements, we will file
periodic and current reports, proxy statements and other
information with the SEC. These periodic and current reports,
proxy statements and other information will be available for
inspection and copying at the public reference facilities and
website of the SEC referred to above.
97
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors
The Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC
Ridgefield, CT
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
The Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC as of December 24,
2010 and December 25, 2009 and the related consolidated
statements of operations, Redeemable Class A Units and
members deficit, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 24, 2010. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. Accordingly, we express no such
opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of The Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC at
December 24, 2010 and December 25, 2009 and the
related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 24,
2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America.
Melville, New York
March 14, 2011
F-2
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MARCH 25, 2011
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24, 2010
|
|
|
DECEMBER 25, 2009
|
|
|
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
1,978
|
|
|
$
|
875
|
|
|
$
|
856
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $2,400 in 2010 and
$2,150 in 2009 and $2,472 as of March 25, 2011
|
|
|
36,200
|
|
|
|
30,977
|
|
|
|
36,223
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
16,441
|
|
|
|
15,289
|
|
|
|
17,284
|
|
Deferred taxes, net
|
|
|
1,651
|
|
|
|
1,481
|
|
|
|
1,631
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
3,608
|
|
|
|
2,087
|
|
|
|
2,909
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Current Assets
|
|
|
59,878
|
|
|
|
50,709
|
|
|
|
58,903
|
|
Equipment and leasehold improvements, net
|
|
|
4,228
|
|
|
|
4,240
|
|
|
|
4,342
|
|
Receivables and advances related parties
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
|
|
|
Software costs, net
|
|
|
373
|
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
|
322
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
11,479
|
|
|
|
9,359
|
|
|
|
11,479
|
|
Intangible assets, net
|
|
|
635
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
606
|
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
2,362
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
2,168
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
3,717
|
|
|
|
723
|
|
|
|
3,477
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
82,672
|
|
|
$
|
65,937
|
|
|
$
|
81,297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities, Redeemable Class A Units and Members
Deficit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
23,563
|
|
|
$
|
19,290
|
|
|
$
|
25,241
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
3,686
|
|
|
|
3,396
|
|
|
|
3,777
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
3,478
|
|
|
|
2,750
|
|
|
|
2,430
|
|
Current portion of long term debt
|
|
|
16,945
|
|
|
|
2,794
|
|
|
|
14,589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Current Liabilities
|
|
|
47,672
|
|
|
|
28,230
|
|
|
|
46,037
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
|
82,580
|
|
|
|
29,928
|
|
|
|
81,999
|
|
Other liabilities and deferred credits
|
|
|
1,232
|
|
|
|
2,445
|
|
|
|
1,053
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
|
131,484
|
|
|
|
60,603
|
|
|
|
129,089
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and Contingencies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable Class A members units, 0, 25,000,000 and 0
authorized, issued and outstanding, at liquidation value at
December 24, 2010, December 25, 2009 and
March 25, 2011, respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,698
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Members Deficit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Class B members units, no par, 50,000,000 units
authorized, issued and outstanding at December 24, 2010,
December 25, 2009 and March 25, 2011, respectively
|
|
|
(48,812
|
)
|
|
|
(36,364
|
)
|
|
|
(47,792
|
)
|
Class C members units, no par, 8,333,333 units
authorized, 4,375,000, 4,927,084 and 4,375,000 issued and
outstanding at December 24, 2010, December 25, 2009
and March 25, 2011, respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Members deficit
|
|
|
(48,812
|
)
|
|
|
(36,364
|
)
|
|
|
(47,792
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities, Redeemable Class A Units and
Members Deficit
|
|
$
|
82,672
|
|
|
$
|
65,937
|
|
|
$
|
81,297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOR THE THREE
|
|
|
FOR THE THREE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MONTHS
|
|
|
MONTHS
|
|
|
|
FOR THE YEAR
|
|
|
FOR THE YEAR
|
|
|
FOR THE YEAR
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
MARCH 26,
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER
|
|
|
DECEMBER 25,
|
|
|
DECEMBER
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
24, 2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
26, 2008
|
|
|
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net Revenues
|
|
$
|
330,118
|
|
|
$
|
271,072
|
|
|
$
|
281,703
|
|
|
$
|
83,183
|
|
|
$
|
70,000
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
244,340
|
|
|
|
199,764
|
|
|
|
211,387
|
|
|
|
61,148
|
|
|
|
52,017
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
85,778
|
|
|
|
71,308
|
|
|
|
70,316
|
|
|
|
22,035
|
|
|
|
17,983
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
64,206
|
|
|
|
57,977
|
|
|
|
60,314
|
|
|
|
16,976
|
|
|
|
14,953
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
21,572
|
|
|
|
13,331
|
|
|
|
10,002
|
|
|
|
5,059
|
|
|
|
3,030
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
4,041
|
|
|
|
2,815
|
|
|
|
3,238
|
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
627
|
|
(Gain)/Loss on fluctuation of interest rate swap
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
|
|
(658
|
)
|
|
|
1,118
|
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
(183
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
18,441
|
|
|
|
11,174
|
|
|
|
5,646
|
|
|
|
1,687
|
|
|
|
2,586
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
2,567
|
|
|
|
2,213
|
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
667
|
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
15,874
|
|
|
$
|
8,961
|
|
|
$
|
2,196
|
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
1,536
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividend accretion on Class A members units
|
|
|
(4,123
|
)
|
|
|
(6,207
|
)
|
|
|
(3,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,180
|
)
|
Deemed dividend paid to Class A members units
|
|
|
(22,429
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to members units
|
|
$
|
(10,678
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,754
|
|
|
$
|
(804
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income per members unit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
Weighted average members units outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
77,827
|
|
|
|
76,663
|
|
|
|
52,526
|
|
|
|
76,573
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
81,851
|
|
|
|
76,663
|
|
|
|
54,375
|
|
|
|
79,515
|
|
Pro Forma net income (loss) per common share (unaudited)
(Note 2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma weighted average shares used in computing net loss per
common share (unaudited) (Note 3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CLASS A
|
|
|
|
CLASS B
|
|
|
CLASS C
|
|
|
MEMBERS
|
|
|
|
UNITS
|
|
|
AMOUNT
|
|
|
|
UNITS
|
|
|
UNITS
|
|
|
DEFICIT
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
December 26, 2007
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
$
|
32,491
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
6,033
|
|
|
$
|
(37,905
|
)
|
Accretion of Class A Units to liquidation value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,000
|
)
|
Issuance of Class C Units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,843
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,196
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 26, 2008
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
35,491
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
7,876
|
|
|
|
(38,709
|
)
|
Accretion of Class A Units to liquidation value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,207
|
)
|
Issuance of Class C Units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
633
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of Class C Units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,788
|
)
|
|
|
(263
|
)
|
Forfeiture of Class C Units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,794
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution to Members
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(146
|
)
|
Net Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,961
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 25, 2009
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
41,698
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
4,927
|
|
|
|
(36,364
|
)
|
Accretion of Class A Units to liquidation value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,123
|
)
|
Redemption of Class A Units
|
|
|
(25,000
|
)
|
|
|
(45,821
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,429
|
)
|
Purchases of Class C Units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(552
|
)
|
|
|
(173
|
)
|
Distribution to Members
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,597
|
)
|
Net Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,874
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 24, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
4,375
|
|
|
$
|
(48,812
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 25, 2011 (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
4,375
|
|
|
$
|
(47,792
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements
F-5
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOR THE THREE
|
|
|
FOR THE THREE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MONTHS
|
|
|
MONTHS
|
|
|
|
FOR THE YEAR
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOR THE YEAR
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
FOR THE YEAR
|
|
|
ENDED
|
|
|
MARCH 25,
|
|
|
MARCH 26,
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24,
|
|
|
ENDED DECEMBER 25,
|
|
|
DECEMBER 26,
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,874
|
|
|
$
|
8,961
|
|
|
$
|
2,196
|
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
1,536
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,388
|
|
|
|
1,520
|
|
|
|
1,626
|
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
316
|
|
Original issue discount amortization
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred credits
|
|
|
(302
|
)
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
(2,470
|
)
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
|
(614
|
)
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized (gain)/loss on interest rate swap
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
|
|
(658
|
)
|
|
|
1,118
|
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
(183
|
)
|
Accrual of paid in kind interest
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing fees
|
|
|
715
|
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
Loss on sale lease back
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on asset disposal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized gain on forward contracts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(310
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(4,601
|
)
|
|
|
(1,577
|
)
|
|
|
2,380
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
1,364
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(450
|
)
|
|
|
1,584
|
|
|
|
2,512
|
|
|
|
(843
|
)
|
|
|
(1,208
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(658
|
)
|
|
|
(390
|
)
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
|
|
1,009
|
|
|
|
999
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
4,988
|
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
|
(7,794
|
)
|
|
|
721
|
|
|
|
(299
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(863
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(98
|
)
|
|
|
(98
|
)
|
|
|
(113
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
Receivable from related party
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
|
814
|
|
|
|
(225
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
13,524
|
|
|
|
11,885
|
|
|
|
1,616
|
|
|
|
3,136
|
|
|
|
2,515
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(1,133
|
)
|
|
|
(1,061
|
)
|
|
|
(1,848
|
)
|
|
|
(389
|
)
|
|
|
(513
|
)
|
Cash paid for acquisitions
|
|
|
(3,738
|
)
|
|
|
(3,766
|
)
|
|
|
(4,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(4,871
|
)
|
|
|
(4,827
|
)
|
|
|
(5,848
|
)
|
|
|
(389
|
)
|
|
|
(513
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for Class C Shares
|
|
|
(173
|
)
|
|
|
(263
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
Redemption of Class A Shares
|
|
|
(68,250
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings of debt
|
|
|
97,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment of debt
|
|
|
(20,400
|
)
|
|
|
(2,100
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,351
|
)
|
|
|
(622
|
)
|
Borrowings under revolving credit line
|
|
|
325,810
|
|
|
|
323,090
|
|
|
|
342,450
|
|
|
|
81,706
|
|
|
|
71,677
|
|
Payments under revolving credit line
|
|
|
(334,085
|
)
|
|
|
(327,695
|
)
|
|
|
(338,155
|
)
|
|
|
(84,224
|
)
|
|
|
(72,441
|
)
|
Distribution to shareholders
|
|
|
(1,597
|
)
|
|
|
(146
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt issuance costs
|
|
|
(5,961
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(394
|
)
|
|
|
(660
|
)
|
|
|
(954
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
(7,550
|
)
|
|
|
(7,774
|
)
|
|
|
3,591
|
|
|
|
(3,869
|
)
|
|
|
(1,547
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
1,103
|
|
|
|
(716
|
)
|
|
|
(641
|
)
|
|
|
(1,122
|
)
|
|
|
455
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
875
|
|
|
|
1,591
|
|
|
|
2,232
|
|
|
|
1,978
|
|
|
|
875
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents end of year
|
|
$
|
1,978
|
|
|
$
|
875
|
|
|
$
|
1,591
|
|
|
$
|
856
|
|
|
$
|
1,330
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes
|
|
$
|
5,789
|
|
|
$
|
3,067
|
|
|
$
|
3,040
|
|
|
$
|
151
|
|
|
$
|
643
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
3,536
|
|
|
$
|
2,817
|
|
|
$
|
3,099
|
|
|
$
|
1,695
|
|
|
$
|
748
|
|
Non-cash financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of Class A Units
|
|
$
|
4,123
|
|
|
$
|
6,207
|
|
|
$
|
3,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,180
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
Note 1 Operations
and Basis of Presentation
Description of
Business and Basis of Presentation
The financial statements include the consolidated accounts of
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC (the Company),
and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Our fiscal year is comprised
of 52 or 53 weeks, ending on the fifth Friday of each December
and included 52 weeks for fiscal years ended
December 24, 2010, December 25, 2009 and
December 26, 2008. Our quarters contain 13 weeks ending on
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010. The Company operates in one
segment, food product distribution, which is concentrated on the
East and West Coasts of the United States. Our customer base is
primarily high-end restaurants, hotels, country clubs and other
similar institutions.
Unaudited
Interim Financial Statements
The accompanying unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of
March 25, 2011, consolidated statements of operations and
cash flows for the three months ended March 25, 2011 and
March 26, 2010 and the consolidated statements of changes
in Redeemable Class A units and members deficit for
the three months ended March 25, 2011, and the related
interim information contained within the notes to the
consolidated financial statements, have been prepared in
accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all of the
information and the notes required by accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America
(GAAP) for complete financial statements. In the
opinion of management, the unaudited interim consolidated
financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of
normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair
presentation of the Companys financial position at
March 25, 2011 and results of its operations and its cash
flows for the three months ended March 25, 2011 and
March 26, 2010. The results for the three-month period
ended March 25, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of
future results.
Consolidation
of Ownership
On October 22, 2010, the Company redeemed all authorized
and outstanding class A units, for a redemption price of
$68,250. The redemption price consisted of $45,821 of principal
and accreted interest as well as $22,429 of deemed equity value.
The redemption price was calculated in line with the
Companys LLC agreement and was mutually agreed upon by all
participating parties. The redemption resulted in Chefs
Warehouse Holdings, LLCs founders, management and
employees increasing their ownership interests from 68.5% to
100%. The class A units were retired at the time of
redemption.
Consolidation
The wholly-owned operating companies include Dairyland USA
Corporation (Dairyland), a New York corporation,
engaged in business as a food product distribution company of
dairy, meat, and specialty foods; Bel Canto Foods, LLC (a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Dairyland), a New York limited
liability company, engaged in a business of importing primarily
Mediterranean-style food products; The Chefs Warehouse,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company engaged in a business
similar to Dairyland, primarily in the state of Maryland and the
District of Columbia; The Chefs Warehouse West Coast, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, engaged in a business
similar to Dairyland, primarily in California and Nevada, and
The Chefs Warehouse of Florida, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company engaged in a business similar to Dairyland,
primarily in southern Florida. All significant intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Acquisitions
On June 18, 2010 the Company purchased all the assets of
Monique & Me, Inc. doing business as Culinaire
Specialty Foods, Inc. The financial statements include the
results of the acquired operations from the respective
acquisition date. See Note 5 for additional information.
On August 28, 2009 the Company purchased all the assets of
European Imports SF, Inc. (EI). The operations of EI
were integrated into the Companys San Francisco, CA
operations. The financial statements include the results of the
acquired operations from the respective acquisition date. See
Note 5 for additional information.
F-7
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
On May 30, 2008 the Company purchased all the assets of
American Gourmet Foods, Inc. The financial statements include
the results of the acquired operations from the respective
acquisition date. See Note 5 for additional information.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of the Companys consolidated financial
statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles requires us to make estimates and assumptions that
affect reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues,
expenses and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities.
Estimates are used in determining, among other items, the
allowance for doubtful accounts, reserves for inventories,
future cash flows associated with impairment testing for
goodwill and long-lived assets, useful lives for intangible
assets, and tax reserves. Actual results could differ from these
estimates.
Subsequent
Events
The Company accounts for subsequent events in accordance with
Accounting Standard Update
2010-09,
Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure
Requirements, which amended ASC 855 Subsequent
Events. These financial statements considered subsequent
events through March 14, 2011, the date the financial
statements were available to be issued. Subsequent to the date
of the balance sheet but prior to March 14, 2011, the
Company settled an ongoing contract dispute with a former
employee in the amount of $175. The settlement of this dispute
has been expensed in the Companys 2010 financial
statements. There were no other material subsequent events
during this time period. The Company is in the process of filing
an Initial Public Offering, the proceeds of which will be used
for working capital purposes and to retire certain debt.
Note 2 Net
Income (Loss) Per Unit and Pro Forma Net Income Per Share
(Unaudited)
Net income (loss) per unit is presented by combining all classes
of units. In the event a dividend is paid on Class B
members units, holders of all outstanding Class A
members units are entitled to a proportionate share of any
such dividend. For all periods presented, dividends attributable
to holders of Class A members units were cumulative.
Basic net income (loss) per unit attributable to Class A,
Class B and vested Class C members units is
computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to
members by the weighted average number of members units
outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per
unit attributable to Class A, Class B and Class C
members units is computed by using the weighted average
number of members units outstanding, including unvested
Class C members units which will be automatically
converted into shares of common stock upon an initial public
offering. 2,521 and 5,105 units were not included for 2010 and
2008, respectively, as the effect would be anti-dilutive.
Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share attributable to
common stockholders represents net income, as adjusted (see
below), divided by the pro forma weighted average shares
outstanding as though the conversion of the
F-8
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
Companys Class C members units into common
stock occurred on the original issuance dates or date. Pro forma
diluted weighted average shares outstanding also reflects the
effect of any dilutive stock options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DECEMBER 24, 2010
|
|
|
DECEMBER 25, 2009
|
|
|
DECEMBER 26, 2008
|
|
|
MARCH 25, 2011
|
|
|
MARCH 26, 2010
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,874
|
|
|
$
|
8,961
|
|
|
$
|
2,196
|
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
1,536
|
|
Deemed dividend accretion on Class A common members
units(1)
|
|
|
(4,123
|
)
|
|
|
(6,207
|
)
|
|
|
(3,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,180
|
)
|
Deemed dividend paid to Class A members
units(1)
|
|
|
(22,429
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to members units
|
|
$
|
(10,678
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,754
|
|
|
$
|
(804
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
$
|
356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income per members unit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.03
|
|
|
$
|
(0.01
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
Weighted average members units outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
77,827
|
|
|
|
76,663
|
|
|
|
52,526
|
|
|
|
76,573
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
81,851
|
|
|
|
76,663
|
|
|
|
54,375
|
|
|
|
79,515
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Accreted dividends and the
distribution for the final redemption of the Class A units
are removed from earnings from the net income (loss)
attributable to members units as these distributions were
not available to those members.
|
Pro Forma net income attributable to common shares (Unaudited):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MARCH 25, 2011
|
|
BASIC AND DILUTED
|
|
DECEMBER 24, 2010
|
|
|
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
Historical income before provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
18,441
|
|
|
$
|
1,687
|
|
Pro forma provision for income
taxes(a)
|
|
|
7,376
|
|
|
|
667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,065
|
|
|
|
1,020
|
|
Class A deemed dividend and discount accretion
|
|
|
(26,552
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other pro forma adjustments, net of
tax(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to Common shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average
shares(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The pro forma earnings per share has been computed to give
effect to the conversion of the Companys Class B and
Class C members units into shares of common stock and
accordingly reflect:
|
|
(a) |
Pro forma effective tax rate of 40% for the full year ended
December 24, 2010 and the three months ended March 25,
2011.
|
|
|
(b) |
The elimination of historical interest expense, including the
amortization of debt issuance costs and the write-off of
deferred debt costs of $3,334 and $3,094, respectively, related
to the loan balances at December 24,
|
F-9
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
|
|
|
2010 and March 25, 2011 under the Companys credit
facility which is assumed to be repaid using a portion of the
net proceeds of the Companys initial public offering of
its common stock.
|
|
|
(c) |
The issuance
of shares
of common stock at the assumed initial offering price of
$ per share (the midpoint of the
range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus of which
these financial statements are a part), where the proceeds of
such issuance of shares would have been sufficient to repay
outstanding loan balances as of December 24, 2010 and
March 25, 2011, respectively.
|
Note 3 Members
Equity
The Company is authorized to issue three classes of units
consisting of 25,000,000 Class A Units; 50,000,000
Class B Units and 8,333,333 Class C Units.
|
|
i.
|
Class A Units On October 22,
2010, the Company redeemed and retired all outstanding
Class A units held by BGCP
c/o CCMP
Capital Advisors, LLC and Drawbridge Special Opportunities
Fund LP. As of December 24, 2010 and March 25,
2011 there were zero Class A units authorized and
outstanding.
|
ii.
|
Class B Units All Class B units
were issued to the founders of the Company and carry a single
vote per unit.
|
iii.
|
Class C Units All Class C
units were reserved for issuance to employees, directors and
other service providers. As of December 24, 2010 and
December 25, 2009, there were 4,375,000 and 4,927,084
Class C units issued, respectively. The Class C units
are redeemable upon a liquidity event or upon termination of the
holder at the option of the Company. Compensation charges
associated with these units were immaterial in the reported
periods.
|
Note 4 Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
Revenue
Recognition
Revenue from the sale of a product is recognized at the point at
which the product is delivered to the customer. The Company
grants certain customers sales incentives such as rebates or
discounts and treats these as a reduction of sales at the time
the sale is recognized. Sales tax billed to customers is not
included in revenue but rather recorded as a liability owed to
the respective taxing authorities at the time the sale is
recognized.
Cost of Goods
Sold (COGS)
The Company records COGS based upon the purchase price paid for
product, including applicable freight charges incurred to
deliver the product to the Companys warehouse.
Operating
Expenses
Operating Expenses include the costs of facilities, product
handling and replenishment, delivering, selling and general
administrative activities.
Cash and Cash
Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an
original maturity of less than three months to be cash
equivalents.
The Company maintains balances at financial institutions which
may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
(FDIC) insured limits. The Company has not
experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not
exposed to any significant risks on its cash in bank accounts.
Accounts
Receivable
Accounts receivable consist of trade receivables from customers
and are recorded net of an allowance for doubtful accounts.
F-10
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined based upon a
number of specific criteria, such as whether a customer has
filed for or been placed into bankruptcy, has had accounts
referred to outside parties for collections or has had accounts
significantly past due. The allowance also covers short paid
invoices the Company deems to be uncollectable as well as a
portion of trade accounts receivable balances projected to
become uncollectable based upon historic patterns.
Inventories
Inventories consist primarily of finished goods, food and
related food products held for resale and are valued at the
lower of cost
(first-in
first-out method) or market. The Company maintains reserves for
slow-moving and obsolete inventories.
Purchase
Incentives
The Company receives consideration and product purchase credits
from certain vendors that we account for as a reduction of cost
of goods sold. There are several types of cash consideration
received from vendors. The purchase incentive is primarily in
the form of a specified amount per pound or per case. For the
year ended December 24, 2010, year ended December 25,
2009, and December 26, 2008 the recorded purchase
incentives totaled approximately $3,996, $3,164 and $2,536,
respectively. For the three months ended March 25, 2011 and
March 26, 2010 the recorded purchase incentives totaled
approximately $817 and $698, respectively.
Concentrations
of Credit Risks
Financial instruments that subject us to concentrations of
credit risk consist of cash, temporary cash investments, trade
receivables, and short-term and long-term debt. Our policy is to
deposit our cash and temporary cash investments with major
financial institutions.
The Company distributes its food and related products to a
customer base that consists primarily of restaurants, country
clubs, catering halls, hotels and other institutions. To reduce
credit risk, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of
its customers financial conditions. The Company generally
does not require collateral. However, the Company, in certain
instances, has obtained personal guarantees from certain
customers. There is no significant balance with any individual
customer.
Equipment and
Leasehold Improvements
The Company records equipment and leasehold improvements at
cost. Equipment that has been financed through capital leases is
recorded at the present value of the minimum lease payments,
which approximates cost. Equipment and leasehold improvements,
including capital lease assets, are depreciated on a
straight-line basis as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ESTIMATED USEFUL LIVES (IN YEARS)
|
|
|
Leasehold improvements (lesser of life of lease or)
|
|
|
7-15
|
|
Machinery and equipments
|
|
|
5-10
|
|
Computer, data processing and other equipment
|
|
|
3-7
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
7
|
|
Vehicles
|
|
|
5
|
|
Other
|
|
|
7
|
|
Software
Costs
The Company capitalizes certain computer software licenses and
software implementation costs that are included in Software
costs in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These costs were
incurred in connection with developing or obtaining computer
software for internal use if it has a useful life in excess of
one year, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification
(ASC) 350-40
Internal-Use Software. Subsequent additions,
modifications or upgrades to internal-use software are
capitalized only to the extent that they allow the software to
perform a task that it previously did not perform. Internal use
software is amortized on a straight-line basis over a three to
seven year period.
F-11
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
Capitalized costs include direct acquisitions as well as
software and software development acquired under capitalized
leases. Capitalized software purchases and related development
costs, net of accumulated amortization, were $373 at
December 24, 2010, $539 at December 25, 2009 and $322
at March 25, 2011.
Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets, other than goodwill, are reviewed for
impairment in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification
(ASC)
360-10-35-15,
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets
that only requires testing whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets
may not be recoverable. If any indicators are present, a
recoverability test is performed by comparing the carrying
amount of the asset to the net undiscounted cash flows expected
to be generated from the asset. If the net undiscounted cash
flows do not exceed the carrying amount (i.e., the asset is not
recoverable), an additional step is performed that determines
the fair value of the asset and records an impairment, if any.
Debt Issuance
Costs and Debt Discount
Certain costs associated with the issuance of debt instruments
are capitalized and included in non-current assets in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company had unamortized debt
issuance costs of $2,941, $3,344 and $188 as of March 25, 2011,
December 24, 2010 and December 25, 2009 respectively.
These costs are amortized over the terms of the related debt
instruments on a straight-line basis. Amortization of debt
issuance costs was $715 for the fiscal year ended
December 24, 2010, $397 for the fiscal year ended
December 25, 2009 and $359 for the year ended
December 26, 2008. Amortization of debt issuance costs was
$292 and $137 for the three months ended March 25, 2011 and
March 26, 2010, respectively. The unamortized portion of
original issue discount (OID) is classified with the related
debt, and the amortization of the OID is charged to interest
expense using the effective interest method. As of
March 25, 2011, December 24, 2010 and
December 25, 2009 the Company had unamortized OID of
$1,944, $2,127 and $0 respectively.
Intangible
Assets
The intangible assets recorded by the Company consist of
customer relationships which are amortized over their useful
lives on a schedule that approximates the pattern in which
economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed.
Goodwill
Goodwill is the excess of the acquisition cost of businesses
over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired. In
accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 350,
Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, Impairment
testing for goodwill is performed at least annually unless
indicators of impairment exist. The impairment test for goodwill
uses a two-step approach, which is performed at the consolidated
level, as the Company has a single reporting unit. Step one
compares the fair value of the Company (calculated using a
discounted cash flow method) to its carrying value. If the
carrying value exceeds the fair value, there is potential
impairment and step two must be performed. Step two compares the
carrying value of the entitys goodwill to its implied fair
value (i.e., fair value of the entity less the fair value of the
entitys assets and liabilities, including identifiable
intangible assets). If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds
its implied fair value, the excess is required to be recorded as
impairment. Through March 25, 2011 there have been no
impairments recorded.
Derivative
Financial Instruments
Derivatives are carried as assets or liabilities at their fair
values in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification
(ASC) 820 Fair Value Measurements. The
Companys derivative is comprised of an interest rate swap
commitment entered into with a financial institution to hedge
the risk associated with the Companys variable rate debt.
The financial instrument does not qualify for hedge accounting
and is carried at fair value with the changes in fair value
recorded in earnings. As of March 25, 2011,
December 24, 2010 and December 25, 2009, the fair
value of the interest rate swap was $0, $(81) and $(991),
respectively, and is included in Other Liabilities.
F-12
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
Employee
Benefit Programs
The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan covering
substantially all full-time employees (the 401(k)
Plan). The Company, at the discretion of its Board Of
Directors, may make contributions to the 401(k) Plan. The
Company has not made nor has it accrued for any discretionary
contributions for the three months ended March 25, 2011 and
March 26, 2010 and the years ended December 24, 2010,
December 25, 2009 and December 26, 2008, respectively.
Income
Taxes
We account for income taxes in accordance with Accounting
Standards Codification (ASC) 740, Income Taxes.
Deferred tax assets or liabilities are recorded to reflect
the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the
financial reporting basis of assets and liabilities and their
tax basis at each year-end. These amounts are adjusted, as
appropriate, to reflect enacted changes in tax rates expected to
be in effect when the temporary differences reverse.
On December 26, 2008, the Company adopted certain
provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes (previously
reported as Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes an interpretation
of FASB Statement No. 109) which established a single
model to address accounting for uncertain tax positions and
clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing a
minimum recognition threshold that a tax position is required to
meet before being recognized in the financial statements. The
Company evaluates uncertain tax positions, if any, by
determining if it is more likely than not to be sustained upon
examination by the tax authorities. The Company records
uncertain tax positions when they are estimatable and probable
that such liabilities have been incurred. The adoption of this
guidance did not result in any reserves for uncertain tax
provisions. The Company, when required, will accrue interest and
penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.
Commitments
and Contingencies
We are subject to various claims and contingencies related to
lawsuits, taxes and environmental matters, as well as
commitments under contractual and other commercial obligations.
We recognize liabilities for contingencies and commitments when
a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated.
Fair Value
Measurements
Effective December 26, 2008, the Company adopted Accounting
Standards Codification (ASC) 820, Fair Value
Measurements, as it relates to financial assets and
financial liabilities. The adoption of ASC 820 did not have
material impact on the consolidation financial statements. The
carrying values of the Companys liabilities approximate
the fair values except for the fair value of the Companys
debt, which are based on prevailing interest rates and market
prices for debt of similar terms and maturities.
As of December 24, 2010, the Companys only financial
instruments required to be measured at fair value is an interest
rate swap. As of March 25, 2011 the Companys only
financial instrument required to be measured at fair value is a
foreign exchange contract. The interest rate swap and foreign
exchange contract are valued using current quoted market prices,
and are considered level two instruments.
Note 5 Acquisitions
We account for acquisitions in accordance with Accounting
Standards Codification (ASC) 805, Business
Combinations. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed
are recorded in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at
their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date.
On June 18, 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of
Monique & Me, Inc. doing business as Culinaire
Specialty Foods, Inc. based in Miami, Florida. On
August 28, 2009, the Company completed the acquisition of
European Imports, SF, Inc., (EI), based in
San Francisco. On May 30, 2008 the Company completed
the acquisition of American Gourmet Foods, Inc. (AG).
F-13
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
The table below details the assets and liabilities acquired as
part of the acquisitions of Monique & Me, as of
June 18, 2010, EI as of August 28, 2009, and American
Gourmet as of May 30, 2008 respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MONIQUE & ME
|
|
|
EI
|
|
|
AG
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
1,324
|
|
|
$
|
1,096
|
|
|
$
|
2,385
|
|
Intangible assets other than goodwill
|
|
|
596
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
2,120
|
|
|
|
2,650
|
|
|
|
4,273
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
(302
|
)
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
(1,608
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase Price
|
|
$
|
3,738
|
|
|
$
|
3,766
|
|
|
$
|
5,125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The goodwill recognized as part of these acquisitions is
expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The results
of operations for the period subsequent to the acquisition date
for these acquisitions are included in the consolidated
financial statements. The revenues subsequent to the acquisition
date and the pro forma effect assuming the acquisitions happened
at the beginning of the respective fiscal years is not material.
Note 6 Plant
and Equipment
Plant, equipment and leasehold improvements consisted of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 25,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 24,
|
|
|
December 25,
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
USEFUL LIVES
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
5-10 years
|
|
|
$
|
5,390
|
|
|
$
|
5,312
|
|
|
$
|
5,379
|
|
Computers, data processing and other equipment
|
|
|
3-7 years
|
|
|
|
2,821
|
|
|
|
2,383
|
|
|
|
2,947
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
7-15 years
|
|
|
|
5,566
|
|
|
|
4,176
|
|
|
|
5,570
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
7 years
|
|
|
|
509
|
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
|
509
|
|
Vehicles
|
|
|
5 years
|
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
|
482
|
|
|
|
502
|
|
Other
|
|
|
7 years
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
Construction-in-process
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
926
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,910
|
|
|
|
13,843
|
|
|
|
15,294
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,682
|
)
|
|
|
(9,603
|
)
|
|
|
(10,952
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plant and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
4,228
|
|
|
$
|
4,240
|
|
|
$
|
4,342
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense was $1,312, $1,334, $1,512, $321 and $316
for the years ended December 24, 2010, December 25,
2009, December 26, 2008 and the three months ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010, respectively.
Note 7 Goodwill
and Other Intangible Assets
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are presented as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount as of December 26, 2008
|
|
$
|
6,709
|
|
Goodwill acquired during the year
|
|
|
2,650
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount as of December 25, 2009
|
|
|
9,359
|
|
Goodwill acquired during the year
|
|
|
2,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount as of December 24, 2010 (audited) and
March 25, 2011 (unaudited)
|
|
$
|
11,479
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-14
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
Other intangible assets consist of customer relationships being
amortized over a period ranging from six to eight years. The
changes in the carrying amount of other intangible assets for
the years presented are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount as of December 26, 2008
|
|
$
|
99
|
|
Customer relations recorded during the year
|
|
|
50
|
|
Amortization expense incurred during the year
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount as of December 25, 2009
|
|
|
115
|
|
Customer relations recorded during the year
|
|
|
596
|
|
Amortization expense incurred during the year
|
|
|
(76
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount as of December 24, 2010
|
|
$
|
635
|
|
Amortization expense for the three months ended March 25,
2011 (unaudited)
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount as of March 25, 2011 (unaudited)
|
|
$
|
606
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization expense for the next five years is expected to be
$112, $91, $83, $83 and $81.
Note 8 Debt
Obligations
Debt obligations as of December 24, 2010, December, 25 2009
and March 25, 2011 consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 25,
|
|
|
|
December 24,
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
Revolving credit facility
|
|
$
|
12,219
|
|
|
$
|
20,495
|
|
|
$
|
9,701
|
|
Term loan
|
|
|
73,750
|
|
|
|
11,650
|
|
|
|
72,500
|
|
Original issue discount-term loan
|
|
|
(2,127
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,945
|
)
|
Note payable
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
Senior subordinated PIK note
|
|
|
15,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt obligations
|
|
|
99,525
|
|
|
|
32,722
|
|
|
|
96,588
|
|
Less: current installments
|
|
|
(16,945
|
)
|
|
|
(2,794
|
)
|
|
|
(14,589
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt obligations, excluding current installments
|
|
$
|
82,580
|
|
|
$
|
29,928
|
|
|
$
|
81,999
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maturities of debt obligations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER:
|
|
PRINCIPAL
|
|
|
OID
|
|
|
NET
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
17,652
|
|
|
$
|
(707
|
)
|
|
$
|
16,945
|
|
2012
|
|
|
6,250
|
|
|
|
(653
|
)
|
|
|
5,597
|
|
2013
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
|
|
(587
|
)
|
|
|
6,413
|
|
2014
|
|
|
70,750
|
|
|
|
(180
|
)
|
|
|
70,570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
101,652
|
|
|
$
|
(2,127
|
)
|
|
$
|
99,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit
Facility
On April 15, 2010, the Company entered into a term loan and
revolving credit facility (the Revolving Credit
Agreement). The term loan commitment was in the amount of
$7,500, while the revolving credit facility provided
F-15
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
the Company with up to $37,500 in borrowing capacity. In line
with the redemption of Class A units on October 22,
2010, the $7,500 term note was paid in full and the credit
facility was amended to provide the Company with up to $25,000
in revolving borrowing capacity. The Revolving Credit Agreement
matures on October 22, 2013. The outstanding revolver
balance as of December 24, 2010, is being classified on the
balance sheet in accordance with Accounting Standards
Codifications (ASC) 470 Debt. The Revolving
Credit Agreement contains certain events of default that under
certain circumstances could call for the immediate repayment of
the outstanding revolver balance. These subjective
acceleration clauses in addition to the Revolving Credit
Agreement requiring full dominion of lockbox receipts, requires
that the outstanding revolver balance be presented in current
portion of long term debt. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit
Agreement bear interest, at the Companys option, at the CB
Floating Rate (defined as the Administrative Agents prime
rate, never to be less than the adjusted one month Libor rate,
plus applicable rate) or LIBOR plus applicable rate. The
applicable rate is contingent upon the Companys leverage
ratio. As of December 24, 2010 the CB Floating applicable
rate was 1.25% and the Libor applicable rate was 3.25%. The
Revolving Credit Agreement also provides for an annual fee of
.25% of unused commitments. The Revolving Credit Agreement
contains various covenants that require the maintenance of
certain financial ratios, as described in the Credit Agreement,
and also contains customary events of default. Balances
outstanding on the credit facility are secured against the
assets of the Company.
Term
Debt
On October 22, 2010, the Company entered into a $75,000
second lien term note (the Term Loan Credit
Agreement). The Term Loan Credit Agreement requires
principal payments of $5,000 in year 1, $6,000 in year 2, $7,000
in year 3, with the remaining principal due at maturity, on
April 23, 2014. Borrowings under the Term Loan Credit
Agreement bear interest at the Companys option of ABR Loan
(defined as the greater of the Federal funds rate, the adjusted
one month LIBOR rate or 3%) plus 8% or LIBOR plus 9%, with LIBOR
having a floor of 2%. The Term Loan Credit Agreement contains
various covenants that require the maintenance of certain
financial ratios, as described in the Term Loan Credit
Agreement, and also contains customary events of default.
Balances outstanding on the term note are secured by a second
lien on trade receivables and inventory, as well as a first lien
on all other assets of the Company. This term debt was issued
with an OID of $2,250 which is classified with the debt and is
charged to interest expense, using the effective interest method.
Senior
Subordinated Debt
On October 22, 2010, the Company entered into a $15,000
unsecured PIK note (the Note) due October 22,
2014. The note bears interest at 20% and accrues interest every
six months. The balance at March 25, 2011 and
December 24, 2010 is $16,250 and $15,500, respectively,
which includes accrued interest. The note contains various
covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial
ratios, as described in the note agreement, and contains
customary events of default.
Note 9 Leases
The Company leases various warehouse and office facilities and
certain vehicles and equipment under long-term operating lease
agreements that expire at various dates, with related parties
and with others. See Note 11 for additional discussion of
related party transactions. The Company records operating lease
costs, including any
F-16
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
determinable rent increases, on a straight-line basis over the
lease term. As of December 24, 2010, the Company is
obligated under non-cancelable operating lease agreements to
make future minimum lease payments as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THIRD
|
|
|
|
|
|
THIRD
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RELATED PARTY
|
|
|
PARTY REAL
|
|
|
THIRD PARTY
|
|
|
PARTY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REAL ESTATE
|
|
|
ESTATE
|
|
|
VEHICLES
|
|
|
OTHER
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
1,614
|
|
|
$
|
1,828
|
|
|
$
|
2,641
|
|
|
$
|
591
|
|
|
$
|
6,674
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,671
|
|
|
|
1,514
|
|
|
|
2,082
|
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
|
5,566
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,729
|
|
|
|
1,013
|
|
|
|
1,599
|
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
|
4,516
|
|
2014
|
|
|
1,663
|
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
|
1,187
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
3,791
|
|
2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
905
|
|
|
|
576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,481
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments
|
|
$
|
6,677
|
|
|
$
|
7,062
|
|
|
$
|
8,529
|
|
|
$
|
1,105
|
|
|
$
|
23,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total rent expense for operating leases for the years ended
December 24, 2010, December 25, 2009 and
December 26, 2008 were $7,241, $7,066 and $7,269,
respectively. Total rent expense for operating leases for the
three months ended March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 was $1,917
and $1,754, respectively.
One of our subsidiaries, Dairyland USA Corporation, subleases
one of its distribution centers from an entity controlled by our
founders, The Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC. The Chefs
Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC leases the distribution center from
the New York City Industrial Development Agency. In connection
with this sublease arrangement, Dairyland USA Corporation is
required to act as guarantor of The Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co.,
LLCs mortgage obligation on the distribution center. The
mortgage payoff date is December 2029 and the potential
obligation under this guarantee totaled $11.7 million at
March 25, 2011. The Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC has
the ability to opt out of its lease agreement with the New York
City Industrial Development Agency by giving 60 days
notice. This action would cause the concurrent reduction in the
term of the sublease with Dairyland USA Corporation to December
2014.
Note 10 Income
Taxes
Certain subsidiaries of the Company are taxed as a C
Corporation. As part of the Class A unit redemption that
occurred on October 22, 2010, the remaining subsidiaries of
the Company elected to be taxed as a C corporation.
These subsidiaries of the Company were taxed as a partnership
for the first ten months of the year, and then as a
C Corporation for the last two months of the year.
The income of the partnership is subject to tax at the LLC
member level, with the exception of certain unincorporated
business taxes. Dairyland is a C Corporation that is
taxed as a stand alone entity subject to the corporate tax rates.
The provision for income taxes consists of the following for the
years ended December 24, 2010, December 25, 2009 and
December 26, 2008, respectively:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Current income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
4,035
|
|
|
$
|
1,908
|
|
|
$
|
2,614
|
|
State
|
|
|
1,002
|
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
|
|
1,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current income tax expense
|
|
|
5,037
|
|
|
|
1,844
|
|
|
|
4,064
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(1,983
|
)
|
|
|
316
|
|
|
|
(469
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
(487
|
)
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
(145
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred income tax (benefit)
|
|
|
(2,470
|
)
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
|
(614
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense
|
|
$
|
2,567
|
|
|
$
|
2,213
|
|
|
$
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-17
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
The income tax expense differed from the total statutory income
tax expense as computed by applying the statutory
U.S. Federal income tax rate to income before income taxes.
The reasons for the differences for the years ended
December 24, 2010, December 25, 2009 and
December 26, 2008 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Statutory U. S. Federal tax
|
|
$
|
6,270
|
|
|
$
|
3,799
|
|
|
$
|
1,920
|
|
Differences due to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-taxable operating results
|
|
|
(1,792
|
)
|
|
|
(987
|
)
|
|
|
559
|
|
Other permanent differences
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
168
|
|
State and local taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
548
|
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
|
1,309
|
|
Change to C-Corp status
|
|
|
(2,744
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in prior year tax estimate
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
|
(966
|
)
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
Other/net
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
|
|
(130
|
)
|
|
|
(486
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,567
|
|
|
$
|
2,213
|
|
|
$
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 24, 2010
and December 25, 2009 consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables and inventory
|
|
$
|
1,562
|
|
|
$
|
898
|
|
Unrealized loss on swap
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
436
|
|
Paid time off accrual
|
|
|
325
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
Other
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
2,146
|
|
|
|
1,636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deduction of prepaid expenses
|
|
|
(495
|
)
|
|
|
(155
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current deferred tax asset, net
|
|
$
|
1,651
|
|
|
$
|
1,481
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
2,263
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Rent accrual
|
|
|
629
|
|
|
|
455
|
|
Reserve on deposits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233
|
|
Other
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncurrent deferred tax asset
|
|
|
2,917
|
|
|
|
688
|
|
Non-current deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property & equipment
|
|
|
(555
|
)
|
|
|
(138
|
)
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(488
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(555
|
)
|
|
|
(626
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current deferred tax asset, net
|
|
$
|
2,362
|
|
|
$
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The deferred tax provision results from the effects of net
changes during the year in deferred tax assets and liabilities
arising from temporary differences between the carrying amounts
of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and
the amounts used for income tax purposes. The Company saw a
significant increase in its
F-18
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
deferred tax assets recorded on its financial statements as a
result of the C corporation tax election made during
the year. This increase in deferred tax assets, which was
primarily due to the establishment of a $2.8 million
deferred tax asset for goodwill established at the time of
issuance of our Class A units and will be deductible for
tax purposes after October 22, 2010, resulted in the
recording of a large tax benefit, lowering the Companys
overall effective tax rate.
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. Federal
and various state and local jurisdictions. For Federal income
tax purposes, the 2007 through 2010 tax years remain open for
examination by the tax authorities under the normal three-year
statute of limitations. For state tax purposes, the 2007 through
2010 tax years remain open for examination by the tax
authorities under a four-year statute of limitations. The
Company records interest and penalties, if any, in income tax
expense.
Note 11 Related
Parties
The Company leases two warehouse facilities from related
parties. These facilities are 100% owned by certain members of
the Company and are deemed to be affiliates, (see Note 9).
Expense related to the above facilities was $1,537 for each of
the years ended December 24, 2010, and December 25,
2009 and December 26, 2008 and $384 for each of the three
months ended March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010.
Note 12 Legal
Matters
The Company is subject to a number of claims and proceedings
that generally arise in the ordinary conduct of our business.
Although the outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with
certainty and the impact of the final resolution of these
matters on the Companys results of operations is not
known, management does not believe that the resolution of these
matters will have a material adverse effect on the financial
position of the Company or the ability of the Company to meet
its financial obligations as they become due.
Note 13 Product
Information
The Company offers a full line of products to its customers. The
sales mix for the principal product categories for each fiscal
year is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Dry Goods
|
|
$
|
86,413
|
|
|
$
|
70,456
|
|
|
$
|
71,802
|
|
Center of Plate
|
|
|
70,655
|
|
|
|
57,969
|
|
|
|
57,401
|
|
Cheeses
|
|
|
49,283
|
|
|
|
40,764
|
|
|
|
42,957
|
|
Pastries and Other Bakery Products
|
|
|
44,259
|
|
|
|
37,162
|
|
|
|
36,254
|
|
Oils and Vinegars
|
|
|
39,065
|
|
|
|
34,216
|
|
|
|
39,295
|
|
Other Dairy Products
|
|
|
33,290
|
|
|
|
25,334
|
|
|
|
29,074
|
|
Kitchen Supplies
|
|
|
7,153
|
|
|
|
5,171
|
|
|
|
4,920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
330,118
|
|
|
$
|
271,072
|
|
|
$
|
281,703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-19
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT UNIT DATA)
(Information as of March 25, 2011 and for the three months
ended
March 25, 2011 and March 26, 2010 is
unaudited)
Note 14 Valuation
Reserves
A summary of the activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts
appears below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of period
|
|
$
|
2,150
|
|
|
$
|
1,800
|
|
|
$
|
1,400
|
|
Charged to costs and expenses
|
|
|
1,042
|
|
|
|
1,477
|
|
|
|
1,338
|
|
Customer accounts written off, net of recoveries
|
|
|
(792
|
)
|
|
|
(1,127
|
)
|
|
|
(938
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of period
|
|
$
|
2,400
|
|
|
$
|
2,150
|
|
|
$
|
1,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A summary of the activity in the inventory valuation reserve
appears below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of period
|
|
$
|
525
|
|
|
$
|
575
|
|
|
$
|
640
|
|
Charged to costs and expenses
|
|
|
1,191
|
|
|
|
1,046
|
|
|
|
1,527
|
|
Customer accounts written off, net of recoveries
|
|
|
(1,146
|
)
|
|
|
(1,096
|
)
|
|
|
(1,592
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of period
|
|
$
|
570
|
|
|
$
|
525
|
|
|
$
|
575
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 15 Subsequent
Event
On June 24, 2011, we purchased the inventory of Harry
Wils & Co. and certain intangible assets, including
Harry Wils & Co.s customer list and certain
intellectual property. The purchase price paid to Harry Wils
& Co. was approximately $7.7 million for the
intangible assets, plus approximately $1.2 million for the
inventory on hand. The Company assumed no liabilities in
connection with the transaction and has relocated the inventory
purchased to our Bronx, New York distribution facility. The
Company financed the purchase price for these assets with
borrowings under our Revolving Credit Agreement.
F-20
UNAUDITED PRO
FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated
financial statements, which consist of unaudited pro forma
condensed consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal
year ended December 24, 2010 and the three months ended
March 25, 2011, give effect to:
|
|
|
|
|
the redemption of our Class A units and the resulting
incurrence of the indebtedness necessary to finance such
redemption, together with the resulting elimination of dividends
on those units during the fiscal year ended December 24,
2010;
|
|
|
our conversion to a subchapter C corporation prior to the
effectiveness of this registration statement in connection with
the reorganization transaction described elsewhere in this
prospectus;
|
|
|
the sale
of shares of our
common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share, the
midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, and our receipt of
$ million in net proceeds, after
deducting the underwriting discount and estimated expenses of
the offering;
|
|
|
the use of the net proceeds from this offering to
(1) redeem or repurchase all of our outstanding senior
subordinated notes due 2014 and to pay any accrued but unpaid
interest thereon and other related fees, including the call
premium associated with such redemption or repurchase; and
(2) repay all of our loans outstanding under our existing
senior secured credit facilities and any accrued but unpaid
interest thereon and other related fees; and
|
|
|
our incurrence of $ million
of borrowings under our new senior secured credit facilities
|
as if all of those transactions had occurred on
December 26, 2009.
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial
statements set out below should be read in conjunction with the
sections of this prospectus entitled Use of
Proceeds, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, our
audited financial statements and the corresponding notes as of
and for the year ended December 24, 2010 and our unaudited
financial statements and the corresponding notes as of and for
the three months ended March 25, 2011, included elsewhere
in this prospectus.
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial
statements set out below have been derived from our historical
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements
appearing below are based upon a number of assumptions and
estimates and are subject to uncertainties, and do not purport
to be indicative of the actual results of operations or
financial condition that would have occurred had the
transactions described above in fact occurred on the dates
indicated, nor do they purport to be indicative of future
results of operations or financial condition that we may achieve
in the future. The assumptions and estimates used and pro forma
adjustments derived from such assumptions are based on currently
available information, and we believe such assumptions are
reasonable under the circumstances.
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of
operations do not adjust for the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the write off of $3.8 million in deferred financing costs
in connection with the repayment of our outstanding indebtedness
in connection with this offering;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the issuance of additional Class C units prior to the
consummation of this offering (and the conversion of those units
in connection with the reorganization transaction into
approximately 1% of our outstanding common stock upon
consummation of this offering) and the compensation expense
associated with the portion of these equity awards that will
vest upon completion of this offering, which we estimate will be
approximately $ million;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the redemption premium associated with the repayment of our
outstanding senior subordinated notes of approximately
$0.8 million; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
the operating expenses that we will incur as a result of our
becoming a public reporting company upon consummation of this
offering, which we estimate to be approximately
$1.4 million per year.
|
F-21
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
OPERATIONS
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 24,
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHEFS
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRO FORMA FOR
|
|
|
COMMON STOCK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WAREHOUSE
|
|
|
OCTOBER 2010
|
|
|
OCTOBER 2010
|
|
|
OFFERING AND
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDINGS, LLC
|
|
|
RECAPITALIZATION
|
|
|
RECAPITALIZATION
|
|
|
REORGANIZATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HISTORICAL
|
|
|
TRANSACTION
|
|
|
TRANSACTION
|
|
|
TRANSACTION
|
|
|
PRO FORMA
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per unit data)
|
|
|
Net Revenues
|
|
$
|
330,118
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
330,118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
244,340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
244,340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
85,778
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85,778
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
64,206
|
|
|
|
388
|
(a)
|
|
|
64,594
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
21,572
|
|
|
|
(388
|
)(a)
|
|
|
21,184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
4,041
|
|
|
|
8,475
|
(b)
|
|
|
12,516
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Gain)/loss on fluctuation of interest rate swap
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(910
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
18,441
|
|
|
|
(8,863
|
)
|
|
|
9,578
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
2,567
|
|
|
|
1,168
|
(c)
|
|
|
3,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
15,874
|
|
|
$
|
(10,031
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,843
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividend accretion on Class A members units
|
|
|
(4,123
|
)
|
|
|
4,123
|
(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividend paid to Class A members units
|
|
|
(22,429
|
)
|
|
|
22,429
|
(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to members units/ common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
(10,678
|
)
|
|
$
|
16,521
|
|
|
$
|
5,843
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per members unit/share of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.15
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.11
|
(e)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average members units/common shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
(20,535
|
)
|
|
|
51,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
72,494
|
|
|
|
(18,084
|
)
|
|
|
54,410
|
(e)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-22
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
OPERATIONS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 25,
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMMON STOCK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHEFS WAREHOUSE
|
|
|
OFFERING AND
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HOLDINGS, LLC
|
|
|
REORGANIZATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HISTORICAL
|
|
|
TRANSACTION
|
|
|
PRO FORMA
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per unit data)
|
|
|
Net Revenues
|
|
$
|
83,183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
61,148
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
22,035
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
16,976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
5,059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Gain)/loss on fluctuation of interest rate swap
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on asset disposal
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
1,687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividend accretion on Class A members units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deemed dividend paid to Class A members units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to members units/ common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
1,020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per members unit/share of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average members units/common shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
52,526
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
54,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-23
CHEFS
WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(IN THOUSANDS,
EXCEPT PER UNIT DATA)
|
|
(a)
|
This adjustment reflects the removal of $262 for a management
fee paid to BGCP/DL, LLC in fiscal 2010, net of $42 of
administrative agent fees incurred in connection with the
management of the debt structure associated with the redemption
of the Class A units.
|
(b)
|
This adjustment reflects $593 of additional original issue
discount amortization fees, $7,882 of additional interest
expense and $608 of additional amortization of deferred
financing costs, in each case related to the borrowings used to
finance the redemption of our Class A units.
|
(c)
|
This adjustment reflects additional tax provision expense as a
result of our electing to be taxed as a subchapter C corporation
as of December 26, 2009 at a full year assumed effective
tax rate of 39%.
|
(d)
|
These adjustments reflect the elimination of the impact of the
accretion of the dividend on the Class A units during
fiscal 2010 and the elimination of the deemed dividend
associated with the redemption of the Class A units.
|
(e)
|
Pro forma diluted weighted average shares outstanding exclude
the 25,000 Class A members units and include the weighted
average dilutive impact of 2,451 shares of Class C
units, which had been excluded from the calculation of
Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC Historical net (loss) income
per members unit because of the net loss attributable to
members units for the fiscal year ended December 24,
2010 as a result of the dividend accretion and deemed dividend
associated with the Class A units.
|
F-24
Shares
THE CHEFS WAREHOUSE,
INC.
Common Stock
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
Jefferies
BMO Capital Markets
Wells Fargo
Securities
BB&T Capital
Markets
Canaccord Genuity
Until ,
2011 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or
not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligation
to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
,
2011
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
Item 13.
|
Other Expenses
of Issuance and Distribution.
|
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other
than the underwriting discount, payable by the registrant in
connection with the sale of the common stock being registered.
All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration
fee, the FINRA filing fee and The NASDAQ Global Market listing
fee.
|
|
|
|
|
SEC Registration Fee
|
|
$
|
11,610
|
|
FINRA Filing Fee
|
|
$
|
10,500
|
|
NASDAQ Global Market Listing Fee
|
|
|
*
|
|
Accounting Fees and Expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Legal Fees and Expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Printing and Engraving Expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees
|
|
|
*
|
|
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
To be completed by amendment.
|
|
|
Item 14.
|
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers.
|
Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to
indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the
corporation, because the person is or was a director or officer
of the corporation. Such indemnity may be against expenses,
including attorneys fees, judgments, fines and amounts
paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the
person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if
the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation and if, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, the person did not have
reasonable cause to believe the persons conduct was
unlawful.
Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to
indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action
or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a
judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director or
officer of the corporation, against any expenses (including
attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the
person in connection with the defense or settlement of such
action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner
the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the corporation, except that no
indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or
matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be
liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the
Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was
brought shall determine upon application that, despite the
adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances
of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to be
indemnified for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or
such other court shall deem proper.
Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to
purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is
or was a director or officer of the corporation against any
liability asserted against the person in any such capacity, or
arising out of the persons status as such, whether or not
the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person
against such liability under the provisions of the law. Our
certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law, a director will not be
liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach
of fiduciary duty as a director. In addition, our by-laws
provide that we will indemnify each director and officer and may
indemnify employees and agents, as determined by our board, to
the fullest extent provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.
II-1
The foregoing statements are subject to the detailed provisions
of section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and
provisions that will be included in our certificate of
incorporation and by-laws.
Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits
the limitation of directors personal liability to the
corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach
of fiduciary duties as a director except for (i) any breach
of the directors duty of loyalty to the corporation or its
stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of
the law, (iii) breaches under section 174 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law, which relates to unlawful
payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchase or
redemptions, and (iv) any transaction from which the
director derived an improper personal benefit.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or
persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have
been informed that in the opinion of the Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
We refer you to Item 17 for our undertakings with respect
to indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act.
We maintain directors and officers liability
insurance for our officers and directors.
Our Underwriting Agreement for this offering will provide that
each underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
us, each of our directors, each of our officers who signs the
registration statement, and each person who controls The
Chefs Warehouse, Inc. within the meaning of the Securities
Act but only with respect to written information relating to
such underwriter furnished to The Chefs Warehouse, Inc. by
or on behalf of such underwriter specifically for inclusion in
the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity.
We expect to enter into an indemnification agreement with each
of our executive officers and directors that provides, in
general, that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent
permitted by law in connection with their service to us or on
our behalf.
|
|
Item 15.
|
Recent Sales
of Unregistered Securities.
|
Except as set forth below, in the three years preceding the
filing of this registration statement, we have not issued any
securities that were not registered under the Securities Act.
From July 22, 2008 to June 16, 2009, we awarded
2,508,332 Class C units to our executive officers and other
employees. The units were issued for no cash consideration as
compensation for past and future services provided by the
executive officers and other employees to the Company and in
reliance upon the exemption from registration under
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. None of these issuances
involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions
or any public offering. The recipients of the securities in such
transactions represented their intentions to acquire the
securities for investment only and not with a view to or for
sale in connection with any distribution thereof. In addition,
these units were at the time of issuance, and remain as of the
date hereof, subject to restrictions on transfer under the terms
of our Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement,
as amended. All recipients either received adequate information
about us or had adequate access, through their relationship with
us, to such information.
|
|
Item 16.
|
Exhibits and
Financial Statement Schedules.
|
|
|
(a)
|
Exhibits. The attached Exhibit Index is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
(b)
|
Financial Statement Schedules. See the Index to Financial
Statements included on
page F-1
for a list of the financial statements included in this
registration statement.
|
|
|
(a)
|
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
|
(b)
|
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the undersigned registrant pursuant to
the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
|
II-2
|
|
|
undersigned registrant has been advised that in the opinion of
the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment
by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the undersigned
registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
|
|
|
(c) |
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed
as part of this registration statement in reliance upon
Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by
the undersigned registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
(4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to
be part of this registration statement as of the time it was
declared effective.
|
|
(2)
|
For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
|
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each prospectus filed pursuant to
Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to
this offering, other than registration statements relying on
Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on
Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in
this registration statement as of the date it is first used
after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made
in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of this
registration statement or made in a document incorporated or
deemed incorporated by reference into this registration
statement or prospectus that is part of this registration
statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of
sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement
that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that
was part of this registration statement or made in any such
document immediately prior to such date of first use.
|
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
For the purpose of determining liability of the undersigned
registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the
initial distribution of the securities, in a primary offering of
securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this
registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method
used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities
are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the
following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a
seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell
such securities to such purchaser:
|
|
|
|
|
i.
|
Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned
registrant relating to the offering required to be filed
pursuant to Rule 424;
|
|
|
|
|
ii.
|
Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by
or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred
to by the undersigned registrant;
|
|
|
|
|
iii.
|
The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the
offering containing material information about the undersigned
registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the
undersigned registrant; and
|
|
|
|
|
iv.
|
Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by
the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
|
II-3
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Ridgefield, State of Connecticut, on
the
1st day
of July, 2011.
CHEFS WAREHOUSE HOLDINGS, LLC
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Christopher
Pappas
|
Christopher Pappas
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
registration statement has been signed by the following persons
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SIGNATURE
|
|
TITLE
|
|
DATE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Christopher
Pappas
Christopher
Pappas
|
|
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal
Executive Officer)
|
|
July 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
John
Pappas
|
|
Director and Vice Chairman
|
|
July 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kenneth
Clark
Kenneth
Clark
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
July 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Dean
Facatselis
|
|
Director
|
|
July 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
John
Couri
|
|
Director
|
|
July 1, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*By:
|
|
/s/ Christopher
Pappas
Christopher
Pappas
Attorney-in-fact
|
|
|
|
|
II-4
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT
|
|
|
NUMBER
|
|
EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
|
|
3
|
.1**
|
|
Certificate of Formation of Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC.
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement
of Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC.
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Form of Certificate of Incorporation of The Chefs
Warehouse, Inc.
|
|
3
|
.4
|
|
Form of Bylaws of The Chefs Warehouse, Inc.
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Form of Common Stock Certificate.
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Opinion of Bass, Berry & Sims PLC.
|
|
10
|
.1**
|
|
Sublease between A.L. Bazzini Co., Inc. and Dairyland USA
Corporation, dated as of April 1, 2003.
|
|
10
|
.2**
|
|
Lease between The Chefs Warehouse Leasing Co., LLC and
Dairyland USA Corporation, dated as of December 29, 2004.
|
|
10
|
.3**
|
|
Employment Letter by and among Chefs Warehouse Holdings,
LLC, Dairyland USA Corporation, The Chefs Warehouse, LLC,
The Chefs Warehouse West Coast, LLC, Bel Canto Foods, LLC,
and Christopher Pappas.
|
|
10
|
.4**
|
|
Written Description of Oral Amendment to Employment Letter by
and among Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC, Dairyland USA
Corporation, The Chefs Warehouse, LLC, The Chefs
Warehouse West Coast, LLC, Bel Canto Foods, LLC, and Christopher
Pappas.
|
|
10
|
.5**
|
|
First Amendment to Employment Letter by and between Chefs
Warehouse Holdings, LLC, Dairyland USA Corporation, The
Chefs Warehouse, LLC, The Chefs Warehouse West
Coast, LLC, Bel Canto Foods, LLC, JP Morgan Chase & Co, and
Christopher Pappas, dated as of December 12, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.6**
|
|
Employment Letter by and among Chefs Warehouse Holdings,
LLC, Dairyland USA Corporation, The Chefs Warehouse, LLC,
The Chefs Warehouse West Coast, LLC, Bel Canto Foods, LLC,
and John Pappas.
|
|
10
|
.7**
|
|
Written Description of Oral Amendment to Employment Letter by
and among Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC, Dairyland USA
Corporation, The Chefs Warehouse, LLC, The Chefs
Warehouse West Coast, LLC, Bel Canto Foods, LLC, and John Pappas.
|
|
10
|
.8**
|
|
First Amendment to Employment Letter by and between Chefs
Warehouse Holdings, LLC, Dairyland USA Corporation, The
Chefs Warehouse, LLC, The Chefs Warehouse West
Coast, LLC, Bel Canto Foods, LLC, JP Morgan Chase & Co, and
John Pappas, dated as of December 12, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.9**
|
|
Letter Agreement between Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC and
Kenneth Clark, dated as of March 6, 2009.
|
|
10
|
.10**
|
|
Letter Agreement between Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC and
James Wagner, dated as of April 8, 2011.
|
|
10
|
.11**
|
|
Letter Agreement between Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC and
Frank ODowd, dated as of January 28, 2007.
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Employee Confidentiality, Non-Solicit, Non-Interference,
Non-Compete and Severance Agreement by and between Chefs
Warehouse Holdings, LLC, The Chefs Warehouse, LLC,
Dairyland USA Corporation, and James Wagner, dated as of April
16, 2008.
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
The Chefs Warehouse, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Incentive
Plan.
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Officers and
Employees).
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Directors).
|
|
10
|
.16
|
|
Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (Directors).
|
|
10
|
.17
|
|
Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement (Officers and
Employees).
|
|
10
|
.18
|
|
Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement (Directors).
|
|
10
|
.19
|
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement.
|
|
10
|
.20
|
|
Sublease Agreement between The Chefs Warehouse Leasing
Co., LLC and Dairyland USA Corporation, dated as of
December 1, 2004.
|
|
10
|
.21
|
|
Amended letter agreement between Chefs Warehouse Holdings,
LLC and James Wagner, dated as of June 28, 2011.
|
|
21
|
.1**
|
|
Subsidiaries of Chefs Warehouse Holdings, LLC.
|
II-5
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT
|
|
|
NUMBER
|
|
EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
|
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of BDO USA, LLP.
|
|
23
|
.2*
|
|
Consent of Bass, Berry & Sims PLC.
|
|
23
|
.3**
|
|
Consent of Kevin Cox.
|
|
23
|
.4**
|
|
Consent of Stephen Hanson.
|
|
23
|
.5**
|
|
Consent of John Austin.
|
|
24
|
.1**
|
|
Power of Attorney.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
To be filed by amendment.
|
|
**
|
|
Previously filed.
|
|
|
|
Denotes a management contract or
compensatory plan or arrangement.
|
II-6